JP2016185312A - Pachinko game machine - Google Patents

Abstract

PROBLEM TO BE SOLVED: To enhance integrity of game progress, and to smoothly progress a game.SOLUTION: In a Pachinko game machine, a specific area is provided inside an attacker. The Pachinko game machine is configured to prevent a player and a caretaker of a game parlor from being perplexed by allowing error notification conditions, error notification modes, or the like to differ between when game balls enter the specific area by fraudulent vibration for plotting ball entry into the specific area, and when the game balls enter the specific area by slight vibration which is not the one for plotting ball entry into the specific area.SELECTED DRAWING: Figure 61

Description

  It relates to pachinko machines.

  As a recent pachinko game machine, a big hit lottery with a predetermined probability is made when a game ball enters the starting port on the game board surface (game area), and if the big hit lottery is won, The mainstream is pachinko gaming machines that transition to the state and can open a large winning opening provided on the game board surface to obtain a large number of prize balls. Among the pachinko gaming machines configured in this way, the gaming machine that has improved the interest of the game during the special game by devising the open aspect of the big prize opening that is opened in the case of the special game Also exist. In addition, when a game ball enters the start opening on the game board surface (game area), a game for giving a transition opportunity to a special game that opens the big prize opening for a short period of time is executed, and the executed special game When a game ball enters a specific area (so-called V zone) provided in the big prize opening during the transition opportunity grant game, the game board surface is shifted to a big hit (special game) state. There are also pachinko machines (so-called feather mono-type and two-type) that can open a large prize opening for a long time and acquire a large number of prize balls. And the maintenance of game progress is enhanced by appropriately detecting, notifying, and canceling errors generated during the progress of these games.

JP2008-200283A JP2013-39286A JP 2004-73541 A

  However, in recent gaming machines, the errors that occur are diversifying due to the complexity of the gameability and internal structure, etc., and improvement is desired to improve the progress of the game and to maintain the game smoothly. There is a problem of being rare.

The pachinko gaming machine according to this aspect is
A start opening (for example, a first main game start opening 2210, a second main game start opening 2110) into which a game ball can enter;
A variable winning opening (for example, a second large winning opening 2220) that can take a closed state and an open state;
A specific area (for example, V, for example) provided inside a variable prize opening (for example, the second big prize opening 2220) in which a game ball that has entered the variable prize opening (for example, the second big prize opening 2220) can enter. A winning entrance entrance detection device 2227a),
Random number acquisition means (for example, random number acquisition determination execution means 1120) for acquiring a random number based on a game ball entering a start port (for example, first main game start port 2210, second main game start port 2110);
When the predetermined condition based on the random number is satisfied, there is a predetermined number of balls entering the variable winning opening (for example, the second large winning opening 2220) or until the predetermined period elapses (for example, the second large winning opening) A special game execution means (for example, a special game execution means 1173) capable of executing a special game in which a unit game is executed once or a plurality of times.
A privilege granting control means (for example, a special game executing means 1173) capable of giving a privilege to a player when entering the specific area (for example, the V winning opening entrance detection device 2227a);
Vibration abnormality occurrence detecting means (for example, vibration sensor monitoring means 1065) capable of detecting the presence or absence of abnormality relating to vibration applied to the gaming machine,
When it is detected that an abnormality relating to the vibration has occurred and the ball has not entered the specific area, a first error state occurs, and it is detected that an abnormality relating to the vibration has occurred and the specific area ( For example, when entering a V winning opening entrance detection device 2227a), it is configured to be in a second error state,
It is configured to continue the game if it is in the first error state, while interrupting the game if it is in the second error state,
If it is in the first error state, the first error state is automatically canceled when the specified time has elapsed after entering the first error state. The second error state is not automatically canceled even if a specific time has passed after entering the state, and the second error state is changed by performing a power-off operation to the gaming machine and a power-on operation to the gaming machine. A pachinko gaming machine characterized by being configured to be released.

  According to the pachinko gaming machine according to this aspect, it is possible to smoothly advance the game while appropriately detecting errors.

FIG. 1 is a front view of a pachinko gaming machine according to the present embodiment. FIG. 2 is a configuration diagram of a game board in the pachinko gaming machine according to the present embodiment. FIG. 3 is a front view and a perspective view according to the structure of the special winning opening in the pachinko gaming machine according to the present embodiment. FIG. 4 is an operation diagram related to opening and closing of the special winning opening and the shielding member during the special game in the pachinko gaming machine according to the present embodiment. FIG. 5 is an operation diagram related to opening / closing of the special winning opening and the shielding member during the special game in the pachinko gaming machine according to the present embodiment. FIG. 6 is an operation diagram related to opening / closing of the special winning opening and the shielding member during the special game in the pachinko gaming machine according to the present embodiment. FIG. 7 is an operation diagram related to the opening / closing of the special winning opening and the shielding member during the special game in the pachinko gaming machine according to the present embodiment. FIG. 8 is a rear view of the pachinko gaming machine according to the present embodiment. FIG. 9 is a plan view and a cross-sectional view of the vibration sensor in the pachinko gaming machine according to the present embodiment. FIG. 10 is a plan view and a side view of the pickup in the vibration sensor in the pachinko gaming machine according to the present embodiment. FIG. 11 is an overall electrical configuration diagram of the pachinko gaming machine according to the present embodiment. FIG. 12 is a functional block diagram of the pachinko gaming machine according to the present embodiment. FIG. 13 is a main flowchart on the main controller side in the pachinko gaming machine according to the present embodiment. FIG. 14 is a flowchart of vibration sensor monitoring processing on the main controller side in the pachinko gaming machine according to the present embodiment. FIG. 15 is a flowchart of auxiliary game content determination random number acquisition processing on the main controller side in the pachinko gaming machine according to the present embodiment. FIG. 16 is a flowchart of the electric accessory driving determination process on the main controller side in the pachinko gaming machine according to the present embodiment. FIG. 17 is a flowchart of main game content determination random number acquisition processing on the main controller side in the pachinko gaming machine according to the present embodiment. FIG. 18 is a flowchart of main game symbol display processing on the main controller side in the pachinko gaming machine according to the present embodiment. FIG. 19 is a flowchart of first (second) main game symbol display processing on the main control device side in the pachinko gaming machine according to the present embodiment. FIG. 20 is a table configuration diagram used in the first (second) main game symbol display process on the main controller side in the pachinko gaming machine according to the present embodiment. FIG. 21 is a flowchart of specific game end determination processing on the main control device side in the pachinko gaming machine according to the present embodiment. FIG. 22 is a flowchart of special game operating condition determination processing on the main control device side in the pachinko gaming machine according to the present embodiment. FIG. 23 is a flowchart of the special game control process on the main controller side in the pachinko gaming machine according to the present embodiment. FIG. 24 is a flowchart of the special game start control process on the main controller side in the pachinko gaming machine according to the present embodiment. FIG. 25 is a flowchart of the distribution prize winning control process on the main controller side in the pachinko gaming machine according to the present embodiment. FIG. 26 is an open / close mode determination table on the main controller side in the pachinko gaming machine according to the present embodiment. FIG. 27 is a flowchart of the distribution big prize opening / closing control process on the main controller side in the pachinko gaming machine according to the present embodiment. FIG. 28 is a flowchart of distribution preparation time control processing on the main controller side in the pachinko gaming machine according to the present embodiment. FIG. 29 is a flowchart of the distribution winning control process on the main controller side in the pachinko gaming machine according to the present embodiment. FIG. 30 is a flowchart of the discharged ball abnormality detection process on the main controller side in the pachinko gaming machine according to the present embodiment. FIG. 31 is a flowchart of the shielding member drive control process on the main controller side in the pachinko gaming machine according to the present embodiment. FIG. 32 is a flowchart of distribution round control end processing on the main controller side in the pachinko gaming machine according to the present embodiment. FIG. 33 is a flowchart of the normal special prize opening control process on the main controller side in the pachinko gaming machine according to the present embodiment. FIG. 34 is a flowchart of the normal prize opening opening / closing control process on the main controller side in the pachinko gaming machine according to the present embodiment. FIG. 35 is a flowchart of normal preparation time control processing on the main controller side in the pachinko gaming machine according to the present embodiment. FIG. 36 is a flowchart of the normal winning control process on the main controller side in the pachinko gaming machine according to the present embodiment. FIG. 37 is a flowchart of normal round control end processing on the main controller side in the pachinko gaming machine according to the present embodiment. FIG. 38 is a flowchart of the special game end control process on the main controller side in the pachinko gaming machine according to the present embodiment. FIG. 39 is a flowchart of the game state determination process after the special game ends on the main controller side in the pachinko gaming machine according to the present embodiment. FIG. 40 is a main flowchart on the sub-main control unit side in the pachinko gaming machine according to the present embodiment. FIG. 41 is a flowchart of the hold information management process on the sub-main control unit side in the pachinko gaming machine according to the present embodiment. FIG. 42 is a flowchart of the decorative symbol display content determination process on the sub-main control unit side in the pachinko gaming machine according to the present embodiment. FIG. 43 is a flowchart of the decorative symbol display control process on the sub-main control unit side in the pachinko gaming machine according to the present embodiment. FIG. 44 is a flowchart of special gaming display control processing on the sub-main control unit side in the pachinko gaming machine according to the present embodiment. FIG. 45 is a flowchart of a special game effect execution process on the sub-main control unit side in the pachinko gaming machine according to the present embodiment. FIG. 46 is a flowchart of the special game end effect execution process on the sub-main control unit side in the pachinko gaming machine according to the present embodiment. FIG. 47 is an operational diagram of the pachinko gaming machine according to the present embodiment when the special winning game is executed on the main control device side when the distribution large winning opening is long open B and the discharge ball abnormality is not detected. FIG. 48 is an operational diagram of the pachinko gaming machine according to the present embodiment when the special control is executed on the main control device side when the distribution large winning opening is long open B and the discharge ball abnormality is detected. FIG. 49 is a main flowchart on the main controller side in the pachinko gaming machine according to Modification 1 from the present embodiment. FIG. 50 is a flowchart of the vibration sensor monitoring process on the main controller side in the pachinko gaming machine according to Modification 1 from the present embodiment. FIG. 51 is a flowchart of the distribution prize control process on the main controller side in the pachinko gaming machine according to Modification 1 from the present embodiment. FIG. 52 is a flowchart of a discharge ball abnormality detection process on the main control device side in the pachinko gaming machine according to Modification 1 from the present embodiment. FIG. 53 is a flowchart of a special play end control process on the main control device side in the pachinko gaming machine according to Modification 1 from the present embodiment. FIG. 54 is a main flowchart on the sub-main control unit side in the pachinko gaming machine according to Modification 1 from the present embodiment. FIG. 55 is a flowchart of vibration sensor monitoring processing on the main controller side in the pachinko gaming machine according to Modification 2 from the present embodiment. FIG. 56 is a main flowchart on the sub-main control unit side in the pachinko gaming machine according to Modification 2 from the present embodiment. FIG. 57 is a flowchart of an error display execution control process on the sub-main control unit side in the pachinko gaming machine according to Modification 2 from the present embodiment. FIG. 58 is a front view of a pachinko gaming machine according to the second embodiment. FIG. 59 is an operation diagram relating to the second big prize opening of the pachinko gaming machine according to the second embodiment. FIG. 60 is a main flowchart on the main controller side in the pachinko gaming machine according to the second embodiment. FIG. 61 is a flowchart of vibration sensor monitoring processing on the main control device side in the pachinko gaming machine according to the second embodiment. FIG. 62 is a flowchart of first (second) main game symbol display processing on the main control device side in the pachinko gaming machine according to the second embodiment. FIG. 63 is a table configuration diagram used in the first (second) main game symbol display process on the main control device side in the pachinko gaming machine according to the second embodiment. FIG. 64 is a flowchart of the specific game end determination process on the main control device side in the pachinko gaming machine according to the second embodiment. FIG. 65 is a flowchart of special game operating condition determination processing on the main controller side in the pachinko gaming machine according to the second embodiment. FIG. 66 is a flowchart of special game control processing on the main controller side in the pachinko gaming machine according to the second embodiment. FIG. 67 is a flowchart of the gaming state determination process after the end of the special game on the main controller side in the pachinko gaming machine according to the second embodiment. FIG. 68 is a flowchart of the small hit game control process on the main controller side in the pachinko gaming machine according to the second embodiment. FIG. 69 is a flowchart of the upper shielding member drive control process on the main controller side in the pachinko gaming machine according to the second embodiment. FIG. 70 is a flowchart of the lower shielding member drive control process on the main controller side in the pachinko gaming machine according to the second embodiment. FIG. 71 is a flowchart of the V winning opening entry determination process on the main controller side in the pachinko gaming machine according to the second embodiment. FIG. 72 is a flowchart of an error display execution control process on the sub-main control unit side in the pachinko gaming machine according to the second embodiment. FIG. 73 is a flowchart of special game-related display control processing on the sub-main control unit side in the pachinko gaming machine according to the second embodiment. FIG. 74 is a flowchart of the vibration sensor monitoring process on the main controller side in the pachinko gaming machine according to Modification 1 from the second embodiment. FIG. 75 is a flowchart of an error display execution control process on the sub-main control unit side in the pachinko gaming machine according to Modification 1 from the second embodiment. FIG. 76 is a flowchart of vibration sensor monitoring processing on the main control device side in the pachinko gaming machine according to Modification 2 from the second embodiment. FIG. 77 is an example of a vibration error execution mode in the pachinko gaming machine of this example. FIG. 78 is an example 1 of an error execution mode other than a vibration error in the pachinko gaming machine of this example. FIG. 79 is an example 2 of an error execution mode other than a vibration error in the pachinko gaming machine of this example. FIG. 80 is an example 3 of an error execution mode other than a vibration error in the pachinko gaming machine of this example. FIG. 81 is an example 4 of an error execution mode other than a vibration error in the pachinko gaming machine of this example. FIG. 82 is an example 5 of an error execution mode other than a vibration error in the pachinko gaming machine of this example. FIG. 83 is an example 6 of an error execution mode other than a vibration error in the pachinko gaming machine of this example. FIG. 84 is an error control list 1 in the pachinko gaming machine of this example. FIG. 85 is an error control list 2 in the pachinko gaming machine of this example. FIG. 86 is an external terminal transmission content determination table 1 in the pachinko gaming machine of this example.

Form to carry out

  First, the meaning of each term in this specification will be described. “Open state, open state” and “closed state, closed state” are, for example, in the configuration of a general big prize opening (so-called attacker), open state = easy-to-win state and closed state = non-winning state Easy state. Also, for example, a state protruding from the game board (player side) (hereinafter sometimes referred to as advance state) and a state of being retracted into the game board (side opposite to the player side) (hereinafter referred to as retreat state) In a configuration (so-called velo-type attacker) that can take the following conditions, the advance state = easy-to-win state and the evacuation state = non-easy-to-win state. “Pitching” includes not only winning a prize ball to be paid out, but also passing to a “through chucker” without winning a prize ball. “Random number (random number value)” is not particularly limited as long as it is a random number used in a lottery (lottery by an electronic computer) for determining some game content in a pachinko game machine. For example, in addition to a random number in a narrow sense Also includes pseudo-random numbers (for example, hard random numbers as random numbers and soft random numbers as pseudo-random numbers). For example, the so-called “basic random numbers” that affect the outcome of the game, specifically, “winning random numbers (random numbers for success / failure lottery)” related to the transition of special games, and the variation mode (or variation time) of the identification symbol "Variation mode determination random number" for determining, "symbol determination random number" for determining a stop symbol, "hit symbol determination random number" for determining whether or not to shift to a specific game (for example, probability variation game) after a special game, etc. be able to. It is not necessary to use all these random numbers when determining the contents of the variation mode, the contents of the definite identification information, etc., and it is sufficient to use at least one random number that is the same or different from each other. Also, in this specification, the number of random numbers may be displayed in the form of the number of random numbers or a plurality of random numbers, but one entry (for example, starting entrance) that triggers random number acquisition. The random number obtained by entering the ball is referred to as one (ie, in the above example, the random number bundle of winning random number + variation mode determining random number + design determining random number... Is referred to as one random number) . Further, for example, a kind of random number (for example, a winning random number) may also serve as another kind of random number (for example, a symbol determination random number). In addition, after a certain period of time has elapsed since the time when the variable prize opening was closed when the unit game end condition was satisfied, the entry detection by the specific area entry detection means in the certain unit game is detected. “Substantially invalid” basically means that the entrance detection should be made on the structure of the structure such as the variable prize opening, the specific area, etc. and on the control processing related to the unit game, and on these designs. The purpose is to invalidate all the incoming detection under circumstances where there is no such thing. For example, even under such circumstances, the incoming detection is effective only for a moment (for example, only for a short period of several to several tens of ms). In a situation where the situation can continue indefinitely (for example, 10 hours or until the gaming machine is turned off), during the infinite period (for example, when 10 hours have elapsed or immediately before the gaming machine is turned off) ) In other words, it is intended to be included in the meaning of “invalidate” such an aspect as long as it does not significantly deviate from the purpose. " The “operation state information” is information regarding the operation state of the gaming machine, and is information (signal) output to the outside of the gaming machine.

  The following embodiment is a model in which two conventional type 1 pachinko gaming machines are mixed (type 1 type 1 complex machine). However, the present invention is not limited to this, and is applicable to other game machines (for example, conventional 1st type, 2nd type, 3rd type, general pachinko game machines such as general electric roles). . Note that this embodiment is merely an example, and the order of each step regarding various processes, such as the location and function of each means, the timing of flag on / off, the name of the means responsible for each step, and the specific However, the present invention is not limited to the following modes. In addition, the above-described embodiments and modified examples should not be understood as being limited to being applied to specific items, and may be in any combination. For example, it should be understood that a modification example of an embodiment is a modification example of another embodiment, and even if one modification example and another modification example are described independently, there is the modification example. It should be understood that a combination of the modified example and another modified example is also described. In the present embodiment, there are a lottery table and a reference table for various tables, but these are not limited, and the lottery table may be a reference table or vice versa {for example, in the present embodiment, As will be described later, a table that is referred to when determining the variation mode of the first main game symbol and a table that is referred to when determining the variation mode of the second main game symbol are different from each other. However, the present invention is not limited to this, and all variation modes that can be selected as the variation mode of the first main game symbol and the variation mode of the second main game symbol are provided as one variation pattern table. If the reference range is different between the first main game symbol and the second main game symbol, it is provided as a separate reference table. It may be configured}.

  Prior to the detailed description of the present invention, a simple configuration according to the present invention will be described.

  Of the pachinko gaming machines according to the present invention, in the special game, the sorting prize winning opening is opened in odd-numbered rounds, and the normal winning prize opening is opened in even-numbered rounds. Also, at the end of the odd-numbered rounds, discharge confirmation (confirmation of whether the number of winning balls and the number of discharged balls is consistent) is executed, and if no discharge ball abnormality is detected, the driving of the shielding member is terminated, While the next round is started after the preparation time, if the discharge ball abnormality is detected, the driving of the shielding member is continued and the next round is not started until the discharge ball abnormality is resolved (this implementation) This will be described in detail.

  Among the pachinko gaming machines according to the present invention, a configuration in which the configuration that can eliminate the discharge ball abnormality without turning off the power supply is added to the configuration of the present embodiment (modified example 1 from the present embodiment). Explained.

  Among the pachinko gaming machines according to the present invention, a configuration changed from the configuration of the present embodiment so that the specific area becomes invalid after a lapse of a predetermined time from the timing of closing the distribution prize winning opening (from the present embodiment) The modification example 2) will be described in detail.

  Among the pachinko gaming machines according to the present invention, the configuration of (this embodiment) is provided with a vibration sensor, and monitoring of the vibration sensor is performed until the discharge confirmation can be taken (until the discharge ball abnormality is resolved) (No. 1). 2 embodiment), it demonstrates in detail.

  Among the pachinko gaming machines according to the present invention, it is always possible to detect the discharge ball during the execution of the special game, and the discharge confirmation timing is set immediately before the start of the round driven by the shielding member and at the end of the special game end demonstration time. The configuration will be described in detail in (Modification 1 from the second embodiment).

(This embodiment)
Prior to the description of the characteristic part of the present embodiment, first, the basic structure of the front side of the pachinko gaming machine according to the present embodiment will be described with reference to FIG. Pachinko gaming machines mainly consist of a gaming machine frame and a gaming board. Hereinafter, these will be described in order.

  First, the gaming machine frame of the pachinko gaming machine includes an outer frame 102, a front frame 104, a transparent plate 106, a door 108, an upper ball dish 110, a lower ball dish 112, and a launch handle 116. First, the outer frame 102 is a frame for fixing the pachinko gaming machine to a position where it should be installed. The front frame 104 is a frame body aligned with the opening portion of the outer frame 102, and is attached to the outer frame 102 through a hinge mechanism (not shown) so as to be opened and closed. The front frame 104 includes a mechanism for launching a game ball, a mechanism for detachably storing a game board, a mechanism for guiding or collecting the game ball, and the like. The transparent plate 106 is made of glass or the like and is supported by the door 108. The door 108 is attached to the front frame 104 through an unillustrated hinge mechanism so as to be opened and closed. The upper ball tray 110 has mechanisms for storing game balls, sending the game balls to the launch rail, and extracting the game balls to the lower ball tray 112. The lower ball tray 112 has a mechanism for storing and extracting game balls. In addition, speakers 114 are provided at the upper right and upper left of the front frame 104, and sound effects corresponding to the gaming state and the like are output.

  Next, the game board 100 has a game area 120 defined by an outer rail 122 and an inner rail 124. In addition, the game area 120 includes a plurality of game nails and windmills (not shown), various general winning holes, a game ball guide rail 130, a first main game start port 2210, a second main game start port 2110, An auxiliary game start port 2410, a distribution prize winning port 2220, a normal prize winning port 2120, a center decoration 192 and an out port 142 are provided. Further, although not shown in detail, a first main game symbol display device 2130, a second main game symbol display device 2230, an auxiliary game symbol display device 2420, and the like are also provided on the front side of the game board. Hereinafter, the configuration according to the present embodiment will be described.

  First, the first main game start port 2210 is installed as a start winning port corresponding to the first main game. As a specific configuration, the first main game start port 2210 includes a first main game start port entrance detection device (first entrance detection device) 2211 (not shown). Here, the first main game start port entrance detection device 2211 is a sensor that detects the entrance of a game ball into the first main game start port 2210, and shows the first main game start indicating the entrance at the time of entrance. The entrance ball information is generated.

  Next, the second main game start port 2110 is installed as a start winning port corresponding to the second main game. Specifically, the second main game start port 2110 includes a second main game start port entrance detection device (second entrance detection device) 2111 (not shown) and a second main game start port electric accessory ( Electric accessory) 2112. Here, the second main game start entrance entrance detection device 2111 is a sensor for detecting the entrance of a game ball into the second main game start entrance 2110, and the second main game start indicating the entrance at the time of entrance. The entrance ball information is generated. Next, the electric accessory 2112 changes between a closed state in which a game ball is difficult to win in the second main game start port 2110 and an open state in which the game ball is more likely to win than in the normal state.

  In the present embodiment, the electric combination is provided on the second main game start port 2110 side, but the present invention is not limited to this, and the electric combination is provided on the first main game start port 2210 side. May be. Furthermore, in this embodiment, the first main game start port 2210 and the second main game start port 2110 are spaced apart, and a game ball flowing down the left side of the game region 120 (based on the center of the game region) A game ball that is easy to be guided to the first main game start port 2210 but difficult to be guided to the second main game start port 2110 and that flows down to the right side of the game region 120 (based on the center of the game region) Although it is difficult to be guided to the main game start port 2210, it is configured to be easily guided to the second main game start port 2110. However, the present invention is not limited to this, and the first main game start port 2210 and the second main game start port 2110 may be arranged adjacent to each other. It should be noted that “easy to be guided” and “not easily guided” are determined, for example, by the magnitude of the number of entered balls when 10,000 balls are launched to the right and left, respectively.

  Next, the auxiliary game start port 2410 includes an auxiliary game start port entrance detection device (entrance detection device) 2411 (not shown). Here, the auxiliary game start port entrance detection device 2411 (not shown) is a sensor that detects the entrance of a game ball into the auxiliary game start port 2410, and indicates an auxiliary game start entrance into the auxiliary game start port 2410. Generate sphere information. Note that the entry of the game ball into the auxiliary game start port 2410 triggers a lottery for expanding the electric accessory 2112 of the second main game start port 2110.

  Here, in the present embodiment, the game ball flowing down on the right side of the game area 120 (reference to the center of the game area) is easily guided to the auxiliary game start port 2410, while the left side of the game area 120 (reference to the center of the game area). ) Is configured to be difficult to be guided to the auxiliary game start port 2410 (but is not limited to this, the game ball flowing down the left side of the game area 120 (based on the center of the game area) May be configured to be easily guided to the auxiliary game start port 2410}.

  Next, in the present embodiment, the distribution big prize opening 2220 and the normal big prize opening are located at the lower right side of the game area 120 (based on the middle of the game area) and at the upper right position of the second main game start opening 2110. 2120. In this embodiment, the distribution big prize opening 2220 and the normal big prize opening 2120 are provided close to each other in the vertical direction (as viewed from the player), and the distribution big prize opening 2220 is the normal big prize opening 2120. Located above (viewed by the player). Hereinafter, the distribution big prize opening 2220 and the normal big prize opening 2120 will be described in detail.

  First, referring to FIG. 2, in the pachinko gaming machine according to the present embodiment, a game ball launched during a special game enters the big prize opening (the distribution big prize opening 2220 or the normal big prize opening 2120). Will be explained.

  FIG. 6A shows a state where a game ball enters the distribution big prize opening 2220, and FIG. 10B shows a state where a game ball enters the normal big prize opening 2120. As shown in (a) and (b) of the figure, when a player launches a game ball toward the right side (viewed by the player) of the game board 100 during the execution of the special game, the game is launched. The game ball enters the game ball guide rail 130 that is wider than one game ball and narrower than two game balls through the entrance of the game ball guide rail 130. After that, the game balls released from the exit of the game ball guide rail 130 flow down toward the big prize opening (the distribution big prize opening 2220 or the normal big prize opening 2120). As a result, as shown in (a) of the figure, when the large allocation winning opening 2220 is open, the player enters the allocation large winning opening 2220, and as shown in (b) of FIG. In addition, when the normal big winning opening 2120 is open, the normal big winning opening 2120 is entered.

  Here, when the pachinko gaming machine according to the present embodiment is continuously fired (when the firing handle is continuously twisted), it is also referred to as a predetermined firing interval (“launch speed”. In this example, 100 per minute. The game ball is fired at the departure. Under such a configuration, in the pachinko gaming machine according to the present embodiment, as will be described later, following the opening of the distribution prize winning opening 2220, the opening of the normal prize winning opening 2120 (or following the opening of the normal prize winning opening 2120). When the distribution grand prize winning port 2220 is opened), the closing time of both the big prize winning ports (the time until one of the big prize winning ports is closed and the other big winning prize opening is opened) It is set shorter than the firing interval. Therefore, it is possible to prevent a useless ball that does not win any of the big winning ports due to the closing time of both big winning ports.

  Next, with reference to FIG. 3, the structure of the distribution big prize opening 2220 and the normal big prize opening 2120 will be described in detail. First, in the distribution large winning opening 2220, there are roughly provided a distribution winning detection device 2221, a specific region 2224, a shielding member 2224a, a specific region entrance detection device 2224-1 and a discharge ball detection device 2224-2. In general, the normal prize winning opening 2120 is generally provided with a normal winning detection device 2121. Hereinafter, the structure of these special winning openings will be described.

  First, as shown in FIG. 3, the distribution big prize opening 2220 is in an open state when the first main game symbol (special symbol) or the second main game symbol (special symbol) stops at the big hit symbol. This is a winning opening corresponding to the main game, which is formed in a horizontal rectangular shape and is located above the normal winning opening 2120 (as viewed from the player). As a specific configuration, the allocation prize winning port 2220 includes an allocation prize detection device 2221 for detecting the entrance of a game ball, an allocated electric accessory 2222, a specific area 2224, and a specific area 2224. A shielding member 2224a that shields the entrance of the game ball, a specific area entrance detection device 2224-1 for detecting the entrance of the game ball into the specific area, and an exit ball detection device 2224 for detecting the exit ball -2. Here, the distribution winning detection device 2221 is a sensor that detects the entry of a game ball into the distribution large winning opening 2220, and generates distribution large winning opening entry information indicating the entering at the time of entering the ball. . The distribution motor combination 2222 changes the distribution large prize winning port 2220 to a normal state in which a game ball cannot be won or difficult to win and an open state in which the game ball is easy to win. The specific area 2224 becomes a determinant of the gaming state after the end of the special game depending on whether or not the game ball has entered. When the shielding member 2224a is in the open state (retracted state), the game area has entered the specific area 2224. When it becomes possible (or easy) and the shielding member 2224a is in a closed state (advanced state), it is configured such that it is impossible (or difficult) for a game ball to enter the specific area 2224. The specific area entry detection device 2224-1 is a sensor that detects the entry of a game ball into the specific area 2224, and generates specific area entry information indicating the entry at the time of entry. In addition, the game ball that has entered the large allocation winning opening 2220 is configured to pass either the specific area entrance detection device 2224-1 or the discharge ball detection device 2224-2. The specific area entrance detection device 2224-1 also serves as a sensor for detecting the exit ball (also generates exit ball entrance information when entering the ball). The discharged ball detection device 2224-2 is a sensor that detects a game ball that has been discharged without entering the specific area 2224 after entering the large allocation winning opening 2220. Generate sphere information. In the present embodiment, the mode of the big winning opening is a mode in which a horizontal rectangular shape is formed and the game ball cannot be won or is difficult to win, and an open state where the game ball is easy to win (an inclined type attacker). However, it is not limited to this. In that case, for example, an aspect (so-called, a state where the bar-like member provided in the special winning opening is in a state of protruding to the player side and a retracted state of being retracted to the player side) (Bello-type attacker), which is suitable when it is desired to ensure that the number of balls entered into the big prize opening is a predetermined number (for example, 10).

  Next, the normal prize winning opening 2120 has a horizontal rectangular shape that is opened when the first main game symbol (special symbol) or the second main game symbol (special symbol) stops at the big hit symbol. The winning opening corresponding to the main game is located below the major winning opening 2220 (as viewed from the player). As a specific configuration, the normal prize winning opening 2120 includes a normal winning detection device 2121 for detecting the entry of a game ball and a normal electric accessory 2122. Here, the normal winning detection device 2121 is a sensor that detects the entry of a game ball into the normal big winning opening 2120, and generates normal big winning opening entry information indicating the winning at the time of winning. The normal electric accessory 2122 changes the normal prize winning opening 2120 in a normal state in which the game ball cannot be won or difficult to win in the normal prize winning opening 2120 and an open state in which the game ball is easy to win. In the present embodiment, the mode of the big winning opening is a mode in which a horizontal rectangular shape is formed and the game ball cannot be won or is difficult to win, and an open state where the game ball is easy to win (an inclined type attacker). However, it is not limited to this. In that case, for example, an aspect (so-called, a state where the bar-like member provided in the special winning opening is in a state of protruding to the player side and a retracted state of being retracted to the player side) (Bello-type attacker), which is suitable when it is desired to ensure that the number of balls entered into the big prize opening is a predetermined number (for example, 10).

  It is to be noted that the game ball flow direction of the distribution winning detection device 2221, the distribution flow channel 132, the specific area entry detection device 2224-1, the discharge ball detection device 2224-2, the normal winning detection device 2121, and the normal flow channel 134. It is desirable that the cross-sectional area of the cross section perpendicular to can pass one game ball smoothly but cannot (or difficult) pass two game balls. With this configuration, it is possible to reduce a situation in which a plurality of game balls are clogged in the flow paths (the distribution flow path 132 and the normal flow path 134) and cannot flow down.

  In addition, since the two big winning entrances are close to each other, even in a situation where either the distribution big winning opening 2220 or the normal big winning opening 2120 is in a state where it is easy to enter the ball, Since it is sufficient to aim, a game can be performed without changing the launch strength of the game ball. In this case, since the player can easily see which big winning opening is easy to enter, it is possible to execute a game with less discomfort and burden on the player.

  In addition, as described later, when the allocation big prize opening 2220 whose availability is greatly related to the profit of the player is set above the normal big prize opening 2120, a game ball is caught in the normal big prize opening 2120, etc. Even if it is not closed due to an accident (usually when the flow of the game ball below the big prize opening 2120 is blocked), the game ball can be entered if the distribution big prize opening 2220 is opened. In this example, since the specific area 2224 and the specific area entrance detection device 2224-1 (discharged ball detection apparatus 2224-2) are provided below the allocation prize detection device 2221, the allocation big prize opening 2220 is provided. Therefore, it is possible to save space by providing the above on the normal winning opening 2120.

  Next, with reference to FIG. 3, the flow-down mode of the game balls that have entered the big prize opening (the distribution big prize opening 2220 and the normal big prize opening 2120) according to the present embodiment will be described in detail.

  First, the game ball that has entered the allocation prize winning port 2220 passes through the allocation prize detection device 2221, flows down the distribution channel 132, and the specific region entrance detection device 2224 provided in the specific region 2224. 1 and the discharged ball detection device 2224-2. When the shielding member 2224a is in the closed state (advanced state), the game balls that have flowed down cannot pass through the specific area entrance detection device 2224-1, and all pass through the discharge ball detection device 2224-2. It will be. On the other hand, when the shielding member 2224a is in the open state (retracted state), the game ball that has flowed down passes through the specific area entrance detection device 2224-1 depending on the shape of the distribution channel 132. When the shielding member 2224a is in the open state (retracted state), it is desirable that all the game balls that have flowed down pass through the specific area entrance detection device 2224-1 (in order not to impair the player's profit). . Therefore, it is preferable to configure the shape of the distribution channel 132 (particularly, the shape of the right side surface of the distribution channel) so that the game balls that have flowed down can easily pass through the specific area entrance detection device 2224-1. As will be described later, in this embodiment, the sum of the number of game balls that have passed through the specific area entrance detection device 2224-1 or the discharge ball detection device 2224-2 and the game that has passed through the distribution prize detection device 2221. Whether or not there is an abnormal discharge ball is determined by whether or not the number of balls is equal.

  On the other hand, the game ball that has entered the normal prize winning opening 2120 passes through the normal winning detection device 2121 and flows down through the normal flow path 134 and is discharged. It should be noted that a device for detecting the discharged ball is not provided in the normal prize winning opening 2120.

  Next, with reference to FIGS. 4 to 7, the operation pattern of each member (distribution large prize opening 2220, normal special prize opening 2120 and shielding member 2224 a) during a special game will be described. Here, these figures exemplify a case where a discharge ball abnormality is not detected and a case where a discharge ball abnormality is detected in the seventh round at the time of the special game according to the 3A design in the present embodiment. In addition, the opening aspect of the distribution big prize opening 2220 in the seventh round at the time of the special game related to the 3A symbol is the long opening A, and the opening aspect of the normal big winning opening 2120 in the eighth round is the long opening B (open). Details of the embodiment will be described later).

  First, FIG. 4A shows a state in which the seventh round of the special game related to the 3A design is started, and the sorting prize winning opening 2220 and the shielding member 2224a are simultaneously opened (52 ms open). At this timing, the game ball has not yet entered the distribution large winning opening 2220.

  Next, FIG. 4B shows a state in which a predetermined time A (in this example, 52 ms) has elapsed from the timing of (a), and the large allocation winning opening 2220 and the shielding member 2224a are simultaneously closed. The predetermined time A (52 ms in this example) is a very short time as the opening time of the large allocation winning opening 2220, so the game ball still enters the large distribution winning opening 2220 at this timing. Not.

  Next, in FIG. 5C, after a predetermined time B (2600 ms in this example) has elapsed from the timing of FIG. This indicates a state in which the player has entered the minute prize winning port 2220 (when the opening of the big prize winning opening is not completed due to a predetermined number of balls entering the prize winning opening, the opening time of the distribution prize winning port 2220 is 28800 ms, which is blocked. The opening time of the member 2224a is 31400 ms). A game ball that has passed through the distribution prize detection device 2221 and has reached the shielding member 2224a enters the specific area 2224 and is detected by the specific area entrance detection device 2224-1.

  Next, FIG. 5D shows a state in which the opening period of the allocation big prize opening 2220 is ended and the distribution big prize opening 2220 is closed. Note that the game ball remains inside the sorting prize winning port 2220. Further, the shielding member 2224a remains open.

  Next, FIG. 6 (e) shows that a predetermined time B (200 ms in this example) has elapsed since the end of the opening period of the distribution winning prize opening 2220, the eighth round is started, and the normal winning opening 2120 is opened. Represents the state. Note that the game ball remains inside the sorting prize winning port 2220. Further, the shielding member 2224a remains open.

  Next, FIG. 6F shows a state in which the shielding member 2224a has been driven by closing the shielding member 2224a and detecting no discharge ball abnormality at the timing after (e). Normally, the special prize opening 2120 remains open.

  Next, in FIG. 7G, at the timing after (e), when the shielding member 2224a is closed, the game ball remaining inside the allocation large winning opening 2220 is sandwiched between the shielding member 2224a. The state which has stopped in the distribution channel 132 is represented. As a result, the discharge ball abnormality is detected. Normally, the special prize opening 2120 remains open.

  Next, in FIG. 7 (h), since the discharge ball abnormality is detected at the timing after (g), the driving of the shielding member 2224a is continued, and the shielding member 2224a is opened again (short opening of 52 ms). Represents a state. When the shielding member 2224a is opened, the game ball sandwiched between the shielding members 2224a and stopped in the distribution channel 132 is discharged, and the discharged ball abnormality is eliminated. Normally, the special prize opening 2120 remains open.

  The above is a description of the special winning opening, but the remaining configuration will be described with reference to FIG. 1 again. First, the first main game symbol display device 2130 (second main game symbol display device 2230) is related to the first main game symbol (second main game symbol) corresponding to the first main game (second main game). It is a device that performs display and the like. Specifically, the first main game symbol display device 2130 (second main game symbol display device 2230) includes a first main game symbol display unit 2131 (second main game symbol display unit 2231) and a first main game. And a symbol hold display unit 2132 (second main game symbol hold display unit 2232). Here, the first main game symbol hold display unit 2132 (second main game symbol hold display unit 2232) is composed of four lamps, and the number of lighting of the lamps is the first main game (second main game). This corresponds to the number of random numbers held (the number of main game symbols that have not been executed). In addition, the 1st main game symbol display part 2131 (2nd main game symbol display part 2231) is comprised by 7 segment LED, for example, and the 1st main game symbol (2nd main game symbol) is "0"-"9". ”Is displayed with 10 types of numbers and“ − ”of losing {but not limited to this, a 7-segment LED is set so that it is difficult for the player to recognize which main game symbol is displayed. It is preferable to use and display by a symbol or the like. In addition, the hold number display is not limited to being composed of four lamps, but can be configured to display a maximum of four hold numbers (for example, composed of one lamp, (Equation 1: lighting, hold number 2: slow blink, hold number 3: medium blink, hold number 4: fast blink)).

  Since the first main game symbol (second main game symbol) does not necessarily have an effect role, in this embodiment, the first main game symbol display device 2130 (second main game symbol display device 2230). The size of is set to be inconspicuous. However, in the case of adopting a technique that does not display the first decorative symbol (second decorative symbol) by giving the first main gaming symbol (second main gaming symbol) itself an effect role, an effect described later You may comprise so that a 1st main game symbol (2nd main game symbol) may be displayed on a liquid crystal display like the display apparatus 2140. FIG.

  Next, the effect display device 2140 is a device that displays an effect image including a decorative symbol that fluctuates and stops in conjunction with the first main game symbol and the second main game symbol. Here, as a specific configuration, the effect display device 2140 includes a decoration symbol display area 2311 where an effect is executed including a decorative symbol variation display, a first hold display unit 2312a, and a second hold display unit 2312b. And comprising. Here, the decorative symbol display area 2311 displays, for example, a plurality of rows of decorative symbol variation moving images simulating a slot machine game in the central area of the screen. The effect display device 2140 is configured by a liquid crystal display in the present embodiment, but may be configured by other display means such as a mechanical drum or LED. Next, the hold display unit 2312 is composed of four lamps, and the lamps are linked with the hold lamps of the main game symbol.

  Next, the auxiliary game symbol display device 2420 is a device that executes display related to the auxiliary game symbols. Specifically, the auxiliary game symbol display device 2420 includes an auxiliary game symbol display unit 2421 and an auxiliary game symbol hold display unit 2422. Here, the auxiliary game symbol hold display unit 2422 is composed of four lamps, and the number of lighting of the lamps corresponds to the number of auxiliary game symbol changes held (the number of auxiliary game symbol changes that have not been executed).

  Finally, the center decoration 192 is installed around the effect display device 2140, and has functions such as a flow path of the game ball, protection of the effect display device 2140, and decoration. In addition, the game effect lamp 190 is provided in the game area 120 or an area other than the game area 120, and plays a role of effect by blinking or the like. Further, the game effect lamp 190 (not shown) is provided in the game area 120 or an area other than the game area 120, and plays a role of effect by blinking or the like. The speaker 114 functions to output sound such as voice and music.

  Next, the basic structure on the back side of the pachinko gaming machine will be described with reference to FIG. The pachinko gaming machine controls the overall operation of the pachinko gaming machine, and in particular controls the overall game operation such as lottery when entering the first main game starting port 2210 (second main game starting port 2110) (ie, game Main control device (main board) 1000 that performs control directly related to the profits of the player, and effect control means (sub control) that performs display control related to various effects on the effect display device 2140 that adds interest to the game content Main control unit) 2320, an effect display device (sub-sub control unit) 2310 that mainly performs effect display, and supply from the prize ball tank 212 in accordance with the prize ball tank 212, the prize ball rail 214, and each prize opening. A prize ball payout mechanism (set base) 210 having a payout unit 216 for paying out the game balls to be played to the upper ball tray 110, and a prize ball payout control device for controlling a payout operation by the payout unit 216 Award ball delivery control board) 3000, a launching device 232 that launches game balls (reserved balls) of the upper ball tray 110 to the game area 120 one by one, a launch control board 230 that controls the launching operation of the launching device 232, A power supply unit 290 that supplies power to each part of the pachinko gaming machine, a power switch 292 that is a switch for turning on / off the power of the pachinko gaming machine, and the like are provided on the rear surface of the front frame 104 (opposite to the gaming side).

  Note that the gaming machine according to the present embodiment is a vibration that can detect the vibration when the gaming machine vibrates illegally (a vibration of strength or acceleration that cannot occur when playing normally). The vibration sensor 500 includes a case 501 that protects the vibration sensor 500, a pickup 502 that converts mechanical energy generated by the vibration into electric energy, and a pickup holder that fixes the pickup 502. Unit 503, printed circuit board 505 on which an electric circuit is mounted, screw 506 for fixing printed circuit board 505, lead wires 507a and 507b for electrically connecting pickup 502 and printed circuit board 505, and printing A connector 508 for transmitting a signal output from the substrate 505 to the outside. That. The pickup 502 includes a metal plate 504 and a piezoelectric ceramic plate 502a, and the pickup holding unit 503 includes a pickup holding unit body 503a. In addition, the gaming machine according to the present embodiment has vibration sensor monitoring means 1065 for monitoring whether the vibration sensor 500 has detected a vibration error. The vibration sensor monitoring means 1065 is used for monitoring the vibration sensor 500. The apparatus further includes a vibration sensor monitoring related information temporary storage unit 1065a for temporarily storing such information, and a vibration sensor monitoring timer 1165b for measuring the time from when the power is turned on until the monitoring of the vibration sensor 500 is finished.

  First, the configuration of the vibration sensor 500 and the vibration error detection method will be described in detail. The vibration sensor 500 is located on the lower right side of the game area 120 (based on the center of the game area), and includes a big prize opening unit 2500 (a large size shown in FIG. 3) including a distribution big prize opening 2220 and a normal big prize opening 2120. It is provided on the back side (showing from the player) of the device related to the prize opening, and is placed at a position where it is not visible (or difficult to see) by the player (vibration sensor 500). Is a device that does not detect vibration errors if the game is progressing normally).

  Here, FIG. 9 is a diagram illustrating the structure of the vibration sensor 500 according to the second embodiment, FIG. 9A is a plan view of the vibration sensor 500, and FIG. 9B is the vibration sensor 500. FIG. As shown in the figure, in the case 501, the pickup 502 is accommodated in a ring-shaped pickup holding portion 503 made of rubber so as not to be destroyed even when subjected to a large vibration (impact). The pickup holding portion 503 is composed of an O-shaped ring-shaped rubber pickup holding portion main body 503a. A recess is formed in the inner central portion of the ring shape, and the pickup 502 is fitted and fixed in the recess. ing. Further, a printed circuit board 505 shown in FIG. 9A is fixed to a case 501 above the pickup holding portion 503 {upward direction in FIG. 9B} by screws 506, and the printed circuit board 505 The pickup holding unit 503 and the pickup 502 are held down.

  Next, FIG. 10A is a plan view of the pickup 502 of the vibration sensor 500 according to the present embodiment, and FIG. 10B is a side view of the pickup 502. As shown in FIG. 10B, the pickup 502 is configured by attaching a piezoelectric ceramic plate 502a to a thin disk-shaped metal plate 504. Further, as shown in the figure, the piezoelectric ceramic plate 502a and the metal plate 504 are configured to be connected to an electric circuit mounted on the printed circuit board 505 via the lead wires 507a and 507b connected to each other. Yes.

  The printed circuit board 505 is mounted with a filter circuit and an amplification circuit for processing and amplifying the frequency characteristics of the signals input via the lead wires 507a and 507b, and output through the filter circuit or the amplification circuit. The signal to be output is output from the connector 508 shown in FIG. 9B to the outside (for example, main controller 1000). Further, as shown in FIG. 9A, the connector 508 is mounted on a printed circuit board 505.

  Here, the operation of the piezoelectric ceramic plate 502a in the vibration sensor 500 will be described in detail below.

  Ceramics are generally a collection of fine crystals, and each of the crystals is composed of atoms having a positive charge and atoms having a negative charge. Among ceramics, there are ferroelectric ceramics in which the positive and negative charges in the crystal are not balanced in a natural state, and the charge is biased (spontaneous polarization).

  Ferroelectric ceramics vary in the direction of spontaneous polarization, but by applying a high voltage, the direction of spontaneous polarization is aligned in a uniform direction and does not return to the original state even when the voltage is removed. In this way, aligning the direction of spontaneous polarization is called polarization processing, and when the polarization processing is performed on ferroelectric ceramics, piezoelectric ceramics are obtained.

  When a voltage is applied to the piezoelectric ceramic from the outside, the centers of the positive and negative charges inside the piezoelectric ceramic attract and retract from the external voltage, and the ceramic body expands and contracts. In addition, when pressure is applied to piezoelectric ceramics, a positive charge appears on one surface, and negative charges appear on the other surface. Conversely, when the piezoelectric ceramics are pulled, pressure is applied to both surfaces. The opposite charge is generated. As described above, the piezoelectric ceramic is configured to exchange electric energy and mechanical energy by utilizing the polarization of the crystal.

  In the present embodiment, the vibration sensor 500 converts mechanical energy due to vibration (impact) into electrical energy by the piezoelectric ceramic plate 502a in which the piezoelectric ceramic is formed in a plate shape, and the conversion is performed as described above. The electrical energy is output from the connector 508 to the outside (for example, the main controller 1000) via the lead wires 507a and 507b, the filter circuit and the amplifier circuit mounted on the printed circuit board 505, so that the pachinko machine In addition, a signal that is a vibration error can be transmitted.

  The vibration sensor used in the present embodiment is merely an example, and any vibration sensor can be used as long as it can be used for error detection of pachinko machines.

  Next, an electrical schematic configuration of the pachinko gaming machine according to the present embodiment will be described with reference to the block diagram of FIG. First, the pachinko gaming machine according to the present embodiment, as described above, pays out a game ball based on the main controller 1000 that controls the progress of the game and information (signals, commands, etc.) from the main controller 1000. Based on information (signals, commands, etc.) from the prize ball payout control board 3000 to be controlled, various effects on the effect display device 2140 such as variation / stop of decoration symbols, sound from the speaker 114, A sub-control board 2000 that controls the execution of lighting of the game effect lamp 190 (not shown in FIG. 1), error notification, and the like, and a power supply unit 290 that supplies power to the entire gaming machine including these control boards, It is configured as a subject. The sub-control board 2000 includes a sub-main control unit 2320 for controlling various effects on the effect display device 2140 such as decoration pattern change / stop, sound from the speaker 114, lighting of the game effect lamp 190, and error notification. , Two control units of a sub-sub control unit 2310 that performs display processing such as a decorative symbol variation display / stop display and a hold display or a notice display on the effect display device 2140 are provided. Here, the main control device 1000, the prize ball payout control board 3000, the sub main control unit 2320, and the sub sub control unit 2310 include a CPU that performs various arithmetic processes, a ROM that preliminarily stores programs that define the arithmetic processes of the CPU, A RAM that temporarily stores data handled by the CPU (various data generated during the game, computer programs read from the ROM, etc.) is mounted. Hereinafter, a schematic configuration of each substrate and an electrical connection mode between each substrate / device will be outlined.

  First, the main controller 1000 includes a ball sensor S {the first main game start entrance entrance detection device 2211, the second main game start entrance entrance detection device 2111, the auxiliary game start entrance entrance detection device 2411, Winning detection device 2121, distribution winning detection device 2221, specific area entrance detection device 2224-1, discharge ball detection device 2224-2, general winning detection device (not shown, but the general entrance is a prize ball , Etc., etc.), drive solenoids (not shown) (usually, large prize opening electric combination solenoid 2122a, distribution large prize opening electric combination solenoid 2222a, etc.), information display LED ( It is electrically connected to an input / output device that is indispensable for the progress of the game, such as (not shown), and controls the progress of the game based on the input signal from each input device. Further, the main controller 1000 is also electrically connected to the prize ball payout control board 3000 and the sub control board 2000 (sub-main control part 2320 / sub-sub control part 2310), and the prize ball payout is based on the progress of the game. And the like (commands) relating to the award ball payout control board 3000 and information (commands) relating to performance / game progress etc. to the sub-control board 2000. The main controller 1000 can be connected to the hall computer H or the like via an external terminal board (not shown). The main controller 1000 can be connected to the hall computer H via an external terminal board. The game-related information can be output from an external device to an external device. Further, the gaming machine according to the present embodiment is provided with a vibration sensor 500, and the vibration sensor 500 is electrically connected to the main controller 1000, and as described above, the detected vibration (impact). Is converted into electrical energy and transmitted to the main controller 1000.

  In the present embodiment, as indicated by the arrows in FIG. 11, the main controller 1000 and the prize ball payout control board 3000 are configured to enable bidirectional communication, while the main controller 1000 and the sub main The control unit 2320 is configured to enable one-way communication from the main controller 1000 to the sub-main control unit 2320 (the communication method may be either serial communication or parallel communication). The communication between control boards (between control devices) may be one-way communication or two-way communication. The main controller 1000 and the hall computer H are configured so that one-way communication from the main controller 1000 to the hall computer is possible, and game-related information, discharge ball abnormality information, fraud detection signals, etc. are transmitted. The

  Next, the prize ball payout control board 3000 is a device that can be operated by the player and the prize ball payout mechanism 210 for paying out the game balls. The game ball lending request is received and transmitted to the prize ball payout control board 3000. Connected to the game ball lending device 200. Although not shown, in the present embodiment, the control circuit unit of the launching device is provided in the prize ball payout control board, and the prize ball payout control board and the launching device (launching handle, firing motor, ball feeding device). Etc.). In the present embodiment, the game ball lending device 200 is separated and adjacent to the game machine. However, the game ball lending device 200 may be integrated with the game machine. Control and management control of recording media for lending such as electronic money may be integrated.

  Next, as described above, the sub-control board 2000 is connected to the effect display device 2140 for displaying decorative symbols and the like, the speaker 114, the game effect lamp 190, and other effect drive devices (not shown). In the present embodiment, as described above, the sub-main control unit 2320 and the sub-sub control unit 2310 are provided in the sub-control board 2000, and the sub-main control unit 2320 controls the sound output from the speaker 114 and the gaming effect ( Lighting) Control of lighting of the lamp 190 and determination control of display contents to be displayed on the effect display device are performed, and display control (substantial display control) on the effect display device is performed by the sub-sub control unit 2310. It is configured. In this embodiment, the sub-main control unit 2320 and the sub-sub control unit 2310 are configured to be integrated on the sub-control board 2000. However, the present invention is not limited to this (configured as a separate board). However, it is possible to reduce the situation that space is merited and noise is mixed into the wiring or the like by being configured to be integrated). Also, the work sharing between the two control units can be changed as appropriate, for example, the sub-sub control unit 2310 executes voice control (suitable when a voice control circuit integrated with the VDP is adopted). Further, an electronic value may be given without giving a physical prize ball as a prize ball.

  Next, various functions of the pachinko gaming machine according to the present embodiment will be described with reference to the block diagram of FIG. First, the main control device 1000 includes gaming peripheral devices (first main gaming peripheral device A, second main gaming peripheral device B, first and second main gaming shared peripheral device C, auxiliary gaming peripheral device D), The sub-main control unit 2320 (production display control means 2320) related to the production is connected to a prize ball payout control board 3000 that performs payout control of a predetermined number of prize balls based on a payout instruction from the main control device 1000 so that information can be transmitted. ing. Further, the sub main control unit 2320 (effect display control means 2320) is electrically connected to the sub sub control unit 2310 (effect display means 2310) for executing image effects, various game effect lamps 190 (for example, side lamps), the speaker 114, and the like. It is connected. Furthermore, the prize ball payout control board 3000 is electrically connected to a prize ball payout device including a stepping motor, a sprocket, and the like. The main control device 1000, the sub main control unit 2320 (effect display control means 2320), the sub sub control unit 2310 (effect display means 2310), the prize ball payout control board 3000, and the like store data and programs in hardware. ROM, RAM, and elements such as a CPU used for arithmetic processing. In the following description, each means included in the main controller 1000 may be configured to be mounted on a peripheral device {for example, a game peripheral device}. For example, each unit included in the peripheral device {eg, game peripheral device} may be configured to be mounted on the main control device 1000. The details of each means (device) will be described below.

  First, the main control device 1000 includes a game control means 1100 that manages main control (main game (first main game, second main game, special game)), auxiliary game, and general game, and various game information on the sub-control board 2000 side. {For example, stop symbol information, stop symbol attribute information {for example, 16R big hit, 8R big hit, 4R big hit, losing}, information on variation mode (for example, variation time), special game start signal / state information / end signal, Information transmission control means 1300 (and a command transmission buffer 1301 for accumulating unsent commands) for transmitting the hold information, etc., and a predetermined winning ball is paid out based on the winning of the game ball to various winning ports. And a prize ball payout determining means 1400 for controlling the prize ball payout control board 3000.

  Here, the game control means 1100 determines whether or not each random number can be acquired by determining whether or not each ball can be acquired, and whether or not the ball determination means 1110 determines whether the game ball flows into each ball entrance (starting port, etc.). Random number acquisition determination execution means 1120 for acquiring each random number, a hold control means 1130 for temporarily storing a ball entering each start port during a variable display as a hold ball within an upper limit number, and a first to be described later A random determination means 1135 for lottery for determining whether the special game is successful and the opening of the electric accessory 2112 based on the main game side random number, the second main game side random number, and the auxiliary game side random number, and based on each random number, Symbol content determination means 1140 for determining the variation mode (variation time, etc.), display control means 1150 for controlling the variation and stop of each symbol, and the electric accessory 2 for the second main game start port 2110 12 for controlling the opening / closing of the electric accessory for performing various processes directly related to the determination of opening / closing 12, the special game control means 1170 for controlling the special game more advantageous to the player than the normal game, the first main game, With respect to the second main game and the auxiliary game, a specific game control means 1180 for determining which game state the current game state is to be transferred to, and a process for changing the game state based on the determination, current and past games Gaming state [e.g., state relating to the main game {normal gaming state, specific gaming state (probability varying gaming state, time-reduced gaming state), special gaming state}, auxiliary gaming state (easy release state, non-easy release state), main Stop symbol and variation mode information related to game symbols and auxiliary game symbols, on / off status of various flags, game state during special game (for example, number of rounds and winning number information)], etc. It has a game state temporary storage means 1190 for storing temporarily a. Hereinafter, each means will be described in detail.

  First, the entrance determination means 1110 is directed to the first main game start entrance entrance determination means 1111 and the second main game start entrance 2110 that determine whether or not a game ball has entered the first main game start entrance 2210. Second main game start opening entrance determining means 1112 that determines whether or not a game ball has entered, and auxiliary game entrance entrance determination that determines whether or not a game ball has flowed into the auxiliary game start opening 2410 Means 1113.

  Next, the random number acquisition determination execution means 1120 determines whether or not to acquire the first main game side random number based on the game ball entering the first main game start port 2210, and according to the determination result, A first main game random number acquisition determination execution means 1121 for acquiring random numbers (for example, a first winning random number, a first variation mode determination random number, a first main game symbol determination random number, etc.) and a game to the second main game start port 2110 It is determined whether or not the second main game random number is acquired based on the incoming ball, and the random number (for example, the second winning random number, the second variation mode determining random number, the second main game symbol, etc.) according to the determination result A second main game random number acquisition determination execution unit 1122 for acquiring a determined random number, etc., and determining whether or not the auxiliary game side selection random number can be acquired, and executing an auxiliary game random number acquisition determination for acquiring the random number based on the determination result Means 1123.

  Here, the “random number” in the claims and the present specification including the above is, for example, “0” to “65535” or “random number” assigned according to the type of random number (for example, a winning random number or a variation mode determining random number). It is a value randomly selected from a predetermined range such as “0” to “255”. The random number may not be a mathematically generated random number, but may be a pseudo random number generated by a hardware random number, a software random number, or the like. For example, the expression method of each value in the random number is a method in which the value is expressed in order along the random number sequence (plus one method), the next value when the final value of the random number sequence is expressed (initial value) ) With a contingent value (initial value update method), a combination of these, and the like.

  Next, the hold control means 1130 determines whether or not to temporarily store the first main game random number acquired in a situation where the first main game symbol variation permission has not been given, and based on the determination result, the random number is determined. The first main game symbol holding means 1131 for holding in the first main game symbol hold information temporary storage means 1131a until the symbol change permission is lowered, and the second acquired in the situation where the second main game symbol change permission is not lowered. It is determined whether or not the main game side random number is temporarily stored, and based on the determination result, the second main game symbol for holding the random number in the second main game symbol hold information temporary storage means 1132a until the symbol variation permission is lowered. It is determined whether or not to temporarily store the holding game 1132 and the auxiliary game side random number acquired in a situation where the auxiliary game symbol variation permission has not been granted, and the random number is reduced based on the determination result. Up has an auxiliary game symbol hold means 1133 for holding the auxiliary game symbol reservation information temporary storage means 1133a, the. Here, the first main game symbol holding means 1131, the second main game symbol holding means 1132 and the auxiliary game symbol holding means 1133 can temporarily store up to four random numbers combined with the holding order. The first main game symbol hold information temporary storage means 1131a, the second main game symbol hold information temporary storage means 1132a, and the auxiliary game symbol hold information temporary storage means 1133a are provided.

  Next, the success / failure lottery means 1135 determines whether or not to win a special game if the result of the success / failure lottery is a win (for example, internally turns on the winning flag), and the success / failure lottery means 1135a. And a success / failure lottery table 1135b which is referred to when performing. Here, the success / failure lottery table 1135b performs the first main game success / failure lottery table 1135b-1 referred to when performing the success / failure lottery with respect to the first main game symbol and the second main game symbol with respect to success / failure lottery. And a second main game success / failure lottery table 1135b-3 referred to at the time. An example of a detailed table configuration will be described later.

  Next, the symbol content determination means 1140 determines the stop symbol and variation mode (variation time, etc.) of the first main game symbol based on the acquired game content determination random number (first main game random number). A second main game content determination unit 1142 that determines a stop pattern and a variation mode (variation time, etc.) of the second main game symbol based on the determination unit 1141 and the acquired game content determination random number (second main game random number); And auxiliary game content determining means 1143 for determining a stop symbol of the auxiliary game symbol based on the acquired auxiliary game symbol winning random number.

  Here, the first main game content determination means 1141 has a first main game content determination lottery table 1141a that is referred to when determining a stop symbol or a variation mode related to the first main game symbol, The first main game content determination lottery table 1141a includes various lottery tables that differ depending on the result of the success / failure and the gaming state (for example, with regard to the gaming state, the lottery table for the first main game normal gaming state, Probability change game → first main game probability change game state lottery table, time reduction game → first main game time reduction game state lottery table). The second main game content determination means 1142 has a second main game content determination lottery table 1142a that is referred to when determining a stop symbol or a variation mode related to the second main game symbol. The two main game content determination lottery table 1142a includes various lottery tables that differ depending on the result of the success / failure and the game state (for example, with regard to the game state, the lottery table for the second main game normal game state, the probability Floating game → second main game probability variable game state lottery table, time reduction game → second main game time reduction game state lottery table). An example of a detailed table configuration will be described later. Furthermore, the auxiliary game content determination means 1143 has an auxiliary game content determination lottery table 1143a that is referred to when determining a stop symbol related to the auxiliary game symbol, and the auxiliary game content determination lottery table 1143a includes: Various winning tables that differ depending on the game state are provided (normal game → auxiliary game normal lottery table, probability variation game and time shortening game → auxiliary game time shortening lottery table).

  Next, the display control means 1150 controls the first main game symbol display unit 2130 of the first main game symbol display device 2130 to stop and display after changing the first main game symbol for a predetermined time. On the game symbol control means 1151 and the second main game symbol display unit 2231 of the second main game symbol display device 2230, the second main game symbol is controlled to stop and display after changing the second main game symbol for a predetermined time. If random numbers are temporarily stored in the control means 1152, the first main game symbol hold information temporary storage means 1131a, and the second main game symbol hold information temporary storage means 1132a, the random number hold means temporarily Main game symbol hold release control means 1154 for determining whether to prioritize fluctuations in the main game symbol based on the stored random number, and the auxiliary game symbol display unit 242 of the auxiliary game symbol display device 2420 Above, and an auxiliary game symbol control means 1153 for performing the control for stopping the display after varying the predetermined time auxiliary game design.

  Here, the first main game symbol control means 1151 further includes first main game symbol change time management means 1151a for managing the change time according to the change mode determined by the first main game content determination means 1141. doing. The first main game symbol variation time management means 1151a further includes a first main game symbol variation management timer 1151a-1 (decrement counter) that can be cleared to zero. Next, the second main game symbol control means 1152 further has second main game symbol change time management means 1152a for managing the change time according to the change mode determined by the second main game content determination means 1142. doing. The second main game symbol variation time management means 1152a further includes a second main game symbol variation management timer 1152a-1 (decrement counter) that can be cleared to zero. Further, the auxiliary game symbol control means 1153 has auxiliary game symbol variation time management means 1153a for managing the variation time of the auxiliary game symbols on the auxiliary game symbol display unit 2421 of the auxiliary game symbol display device 2420. . The auxiliary game symbol variation time management means 1153a further includes an auxiliary game symbol variation management timer 1153a-1 capable of measuring time.

  Next, the electric accessory opening / closing control means 1160 includes a condition determining means 1161 for determining whether or not a condition for performing a process for opening and closing the electric accessory 2112 of the second main game starting port 2110 is satisfied. And an opening timer 1162 for measuring the driving (opening) time of the electric accessory 2112 in the second main game starting port 2110.

  Next, the special game control means 1170 determines whether or not the conditions for shifting to the special game are satisfied. Specifically, the special game (bonus) execution permission flag is generated. If the condition determination means 1171 for determining whether or not there is satisfied and the special game transition condition is satisfied, the contents of the special game (specifically, the big winning opening to be opened, the number of rounds, the time between rounds) )) In the special game related information temporary storage means 1194, and a special game (big hit) in which the normal prize winning port 2120 or the distribution big prize winning port 2220 is opened under a predetermined condition. A special game execution means 1173 for executing, a distribution big prize opening control means 1174 for executing a special game (big hit) in which the distribution big prize opening 2220 is opened under a predetermined condition, And a normal and special winning opening control means 1175, for performing a special game (jackpot) that the winning opening 2120 in an open state under a predetermined condition. Here, the special game content determination unit 1172 includes a special game content reference table 1172a that is referred to when specifying the content of the special game to be set in the special game related information temporary storage unit 1194, and at the time of execution of the special game. It further has an open / close mode determination table 1172b for determining the open / close mode of the distribution large winning port 2220 and the normal special winning port 2120 (details of the special game content reference table 1172a are not shown). The special game executing means 1173 further includes a round number counter 1173a for measuring the number of rounds and an end demo execution timer 1173b for measuring the execution time of the end demo display. Further, the distribution prize winning control means 1174 includes a distribution round timer 1174a for managing the opening / closing timing of the distribution big prize opening 2220, and a distribution prize waiting timer 1174b for measuring the distribution prize waiting time. , A distribution round end timer 1174c for timing the round end standby time, a discharge standby timer 1174d for timing the time for discharging the game ball that has entered the distribution large prize opening 2220, and a distribution prize detection device A distribution winning prize counter 1174e that measures the game balls detected by 2221; a discharge number counter 1174f that measures the game balls detected by the specific area entrance detection device 2224-1 and the discharge ball detection device 2224-2; and a shielding member Shield member drive control means 1174-1 for controlling the displacement drive of 2224a is further provided. The shielding member drive control means 1174-1 further includes a specific area winning standby timer 1174-1a for measuring the specific area winning standby time. Also, the normal winning a prize opening control means 1175 includes a normal round timer 1175a for managing the opening / closing timing of the normal winning a prize opening 2120, a normal winning awaiting timer 1175b for measuring a normal winning awaiting time, and a round end waiting time. And a normal round end timer 1175c for measuring the game time, and a normal winning number counter 1175d for measuring the game ball detected by the normal winning detection device 2121.

  Next, the specific game control means 1180 has specific game end condition determination means 1181 for determining whether or not the end condition for the specific game state is satisfied. Here, the specific game end condition determining means 1181 further includes a probability variation number counter 1181a capable of counting the probability variation game number, and a time reduction number counter 1181b capable of counting the number of time reductions. Here, the “specific game” means, for example, a probability variation game in which a lottery probability for a special game is higher than that in a normal game or a time shortening game in which the variation time of the main game symbol is relatively shorter than that in a normal game. Point to.

  Here, in the present embodiment, during the time reduction, the variation time of the first main game symbol and the second main game symbol is relatively shortened (time reduction function) as compared with the non-time reduction. Furthermore, the variation time of the auxiliary game symbol is also relatively shortened, and the opening extension time of the electric accessory 2112 of the second main game starting port 2110 is relatively extended (opening time extension function). In addition, the time reduction in this embodiment ends when the total value of the number of changes in the first main game symbol and the number of changes in the second main game symbol exceeds a predetermined number (excluding a probability change game with no time limit limitation). ). That is, the number of time reductions is configured to be subtracted every time the first main game symbol and the second main game symbol fluctuate (stop). The above-mentioned specific game end condition determining means 1181 has, for example, a function of performing a lottery transition from a specific game (for example, a probability-change game or a time-reduced game) to a normal game with a predetermined probability every time a symbol changes. Good (in the case of pachinko machines with a falling lottery function).

  Next, the game state temporary storage means 1190 is a first main game state temporary storage means for temporarily storing the current game state in the first main game (game from the change of the first main game symbol to the stop). 1191, second main game state temporary storage means 1192 for temporarily storing the current game state in the second main game (game from the change of the second main game symbol to the stop), and current in the auxiliary game Auxiliary game state temporary storage means 1193 for temporarily storing the game state and the current game state in the special game (for example, the number of rounds, the number of game balls won in any round, on / off of various flags related to the special game, etc.) Special game-related information temporary storage means 1194 for temporary storage, and the current game state in the specific game (for example, the remaining number of time reductions, each of the specific game Specific game related information temporary storage means 1195 for temporarily storing flag on / off and the like, and the current game state in the distributed game (for example, whether there is a prize, on / off of various flags related to the distributed game, etc.) are temporarily stored. Distribution game-related information temporary storage means 1197 for performing the game.

  Here, the first main game state temporary storage means 1191 is a first flag temporary storage means 1191a for temporarily storing ON / OFF information of various flags in various game states related to the first main game, and the first main game state that is currently changing. And a first main game symbol information temporary storage means 1191b for temporarily storing stop symbols and variation mode information related to the game symbols (first main game symbols satisfying the change start condition).

  The second main game state temporary storage means 1192 includes second flag temporary storage means 1192a for temporarily storing ON / OFF information of various flags in various game states related to the second main game, and the second main game that is currently changing. There is a second main game symbol information temporary storage means 1192b for temporarily storing the stop symbol and the variation mode information related to the symbol (second main game symbol for which the variation start condition is satisfied).

  The auxiliary game state temporary storage unit 1193 temporarily stores information related to the auxiliary game (for example, on / off information of various flags such as an auxiliary game symbol winning flag, a release extension flag, and a time reduction flag). It has storage means 1193a and auxiliary game symbol information temporary storage means 1193b for temporarily storing information such as stop symbols related to the currently changing auxiliary game symbols (auxiliary game symbols for which change start conditions are established). .

  Next, game peripheral devices will be described. Since some of the peripheral devices have already been described in detail, the remaining configuration will be briefly described. First, the game peripheral devices are a first main game peripheral device A that is a peripheral device on the first main game side, a second main game peripheral device B that is a peripheral device on the second main game side, and a first main game side. The first and second main game shared peripheral devices C, which are shared peripheral devices on the second main game side, the auxiliary game peripheral device D related to the auxiliary game, the sub main control unit 2320 (effect display control means 2320), the sub sub control Part 2310 (effect display device 2140) and the like. Here, the effects controlled by the sub-main control unit 2320 are included in the game results, including the variation of the decoration pattern in time synchronized with the variation of the first main game symbol and the second main game symbol. It concerns only the display of information that has no effect. Hereinafter, these peripheral devices will be described in order.

  First, the first main game peripheral device A includes a first main game start port 2210 that triggers the transition to a special game, and a first main game symbol display device 2130 that can display stop and change display of the first main game symbol. ,have.

  Next, the second main game peripheral device B has a second main game start port 2110 that triggers the transition to the special game, and a second main game symbol display device 2230 capable of displaying a stop and change display of the second main game symbol. And have.

  Next, the first and second main game shared peripheral devices C are in a closed state in the normal game, and a predetermined condition in a round other than a predetermined round (for example, odd round) of the special game (big hit) The regular prize winning opening 2120 that is open below and the distribution prize that is in the closed state during the normal game and is open under the predetermined condition during the distribution game in the predetermined round of the special game And a mouth 2220. The other configurations have been described above and will not be described.

  Next, the auxiliary game peripheral device D has an auxiliary game start port 2410 that triggers the opening of the electric accessory 2112 of the second main game start port 2110, and an auxiliary game symbol that can display stop and change display of the auxiliary game symbols. Display device 2420.

  Here, the effect display control means (sub-main control section) 2320, display information receiving means 2321 for receiving various information from the main control device 1000 side, decoration pattern variation mode and stop symbol determination processing and display Decoration design display control means 2322 for controlling the control process, equipment hold information display control means 2323 for managing the number of decoration symbols held and holding display processing, and production general information temporarily for temporarily storing information related to the production control. A storage unit 2324; an error control unit 2325 that performs control processing related to notification of various errors; and an information transmission / reception control unit 2400 that controls transmission / reception of information to / from the sub-sub control unit 2310 side. Hereafter, each said means is explained in full detail.

  First, the display information receiving means 2321 has main-side information temporary storage means 2321a for temporarily storing symbol information and display instruction information related to the first main game and the second main game from the main controller 1000 side. .

  Next, the decorative symbol display control means 2322 is based on the information from the main controller 1000 side, and the decorative symbol display content determining means 2322a for determining the stop symbol and the variation mode of the decorative symbol, and the decorative symbol display variation A drawing display related information temporary storage unit 2322c for temporarily storing various types of information (variation mode information, stop symbol information, various flags, etc.), and a diagram variation time management timer 2322d for measuring the variation time of the decorative symbols, ,have. Here, the drawing display content determination means 2322a has a drawing variation content determination lottery (reference) table 2322a-1 that is referred to when determining the stop symbol and variation mode of the decorative symbol. An example of a detailed table configuration will be described later.

  Next, the drawing hold information display control means 2323 has a drawing hold information temporary storage means 2323a for temporarily storing information related to the hold related to the decorative design.

  Further, the effect display means (sub-sub control unit) 2310 is an image display control means for displaying an image on the decorative symbol display area 2311, the first hold display part 2312a, and the second hold display part 2312b which are display areas on the effect display device 2140. 2313 and sub information transmission / reception control means 2450 for controlling information transmission / reception with the sub main control unit 2320 side. Here, the image display control unit 2313 further includes an image display related information temporary storage unit 2313a for temporarily storing commands received from the sub main control unit 2320 side and information related to various image displays.

  The first main game symbol display device 2130, the second main game symbol display device 2230, and the auxiliary game symbol display device 2420 are connected to the main control device 1000 so as to be able to transmit information, and the remaining sub-sub control unit 2310 (effect display) The means 2310) is connected to the effect display control means 2320 so as to be able to transmit information. That is, the first main game symbol display device 2130, the second main game symbol display device 2230, and the auxiliary game symbol display device 2420 are controlled by the main control device 1000, and the sub-sub control unit 2310 (effect display means 2310) displays an effect display. It means that it is controlled by the control means 2320. In addition, you may comprise so that another peripheral device may be controlled via the main controller 1000 and the other peripheral device controlled by one-way communication (one-way communication).

  Next, FIG. 13 is a main flowchart showing the flow of general processing performed by main controller 1000. After powering on the gaming machine, the process of FIG. That is, after the gaming machine is turned on and initialized (not shown), the main controller 1000 confirms the input port of the RAM clear button in Step 4002 and resets the RAM (Clear button) of the power supply unit 290. Button) has been operated, that is, whether or not an operation of clearing the contents of the RAM has been performed intentionally by a game hall manager or the like. In the case of Yes in step 4002, in step 4004, main controller 1000 clears all RAM contents (for example, information in game state temporary storage means 1190) on the main controller 1000 side. Next, at step 4006, the information transmission control means 1300 transmits ram clear information (command) indicating that the RAM of the main controller 1000 has been cleared to the sub main control unit 2320 side (even if it is transmitted at this timing). Alternatively, a command may be set at this timing and transmitted by a control command transmission process described later), and the process proceeds to step 4017-1. On the other hand, if No in step 4002, the main controller 1000 checks the contents of the RAM area in the main controller 1000 in step 4008 (for example, stored in the checksum and RAM area recorded at the time of power interruption). Comparison with the amount of information). Next, in step 4010, main controller 1000 determines whether or not the contents of the RAM are not normal based on the check result (whether or not the information at the time of power failure has been backed up to RAM correctly). If YES in step 4010, that is, if the data backed up in the RAM is abnormal, the processing proceeds to step 4004 (RAM clear processing described above). On the other hand, if it is No in step 4010, that is, if the data backed up in the RAM is normal, in step 4012, main controller 1000 transmits various information commands to sub-main controller 2320 side (transmits at this timing). Alternatively, a command may be set at this timing and transmitted by a control command transmission process described later). Next, at step 4013, main controller 1000 refers to the flag area of specific game related information temporary storage means 1195, and determines whether or not the probability change transition reservation flag is on. In the case of Yes in step 4013, in step 4014, main controller 1000 transmits a high profit redisplay command to sub-main control unit 2320 (may be transmitted at this timing, or set a command at this timing. (Alternatively, it may be configured to transmit in a control command transmission process to be described later), and the process proceeds to step 4015. On the other hand, also in the case of No in step 4013, the process proceeds to step 4015. Next, at step 4015, the main controller 1000 resets the distribution prize counter 1174e and the discharge number counter 1174f, and proceeds to step 4017-1. In this process, by resetting the distribution winning prize counter value and the discharge number counter value, it is possible to recover from the discharge ball abnormality. Next, in step 4017-1, main controller 1000 sets and starts a predetermined time (in this example, 5 seconds) in vibration sensor timer 1065b (which is a subtraction timer). Next, at step 4017-2, main controller 1000 starts monitoring vibration sensor 500. Next, in step 4017-1, main controller 1000 turns on the power-on vibration sensor monitoring flag in the flag area of vibration sensor monitoring related information temporary storage means 1065a. Next, in step 4018, the main controller 1000 triggers an execution scheduled interrupt (for example, a hardware interrupt about every 1.5 ms) related to the main process on the main controller 1000 side indicated by step 1000 in FIG. However, in this example, the interrupt cycle is set to T) (as a result, when the execution scheduled interrupt timing is reached, step 1000 in the figure is executed), and the process proceeds to step 4020. . After the transition to step 4020, main controller 1000 repeatedly executes various random number update processing (for example, random number counter increment processing) until the next scheduled interrupt timing is reached.

  Next, timer interrupt processing will be described. Main controller 1000 executes the process shown in FIG. 5B based on an interrupt request generated when the scheduled interrupt timing is reached. That is, when the scheduled interrupt period T is reached (for example, a hardware interrupt every approximately 1.5 ms), in step 1050, main controller 1000 executes a vibration sensor monitoring process described later. Next, at step 1100, main controller 1000 executes an auxiliary game content determination random number acquisition process, which will be described later. Next, in step 1200, main controller 1000 executes an electric accessory driving determination process described later. Next, at step 1300, main controller 1000 executes a main game content determination random number acquisition process, which will be described later. Next, at step 1400, main controller 1000 executes a main game symbol display process described later. Next, at step 2000, main controller 1000 executes a special game operating condition determination process described later. Next, at step 2100, main controller 1000 executes a special game control process described later. Next, in step 3000, main controller 1000 (especially prize ball payout determining means 1400) receives a prize ball payout control process (drive control of prize ball payout mechanism 210, etc.) based on a winning opening where a game ball has won. The payout control board 3000 is executed and processing for managing the result is executed. Next, at step 3100, main controller 1000 executes external signal output processing (information output to external terminal board, hall computer H, etc.) (game-related information, discharge ball abnormality information, fraud detection signal, vibration). Send information related to detection). Next, at step 3200, main controller 1000 transmits a control command transmission process (the command set in each process described above is transmitted to the sub-main control unit side, and the sub-main control unit 2320 side performs an effect according to the command. To return to the process that was being executed immediately before the execution of this interrupt process.

  Next, NMI interrupt processing will be described. As described above, the main controller 1000 is configured such that the power interruption signal from the reset IC is input to the NMI terminal of the CPU, and the process of FIG. Is done. That is, when the gaming machine is powered off (NMI interrupt in this example), in step 4604, main controller 1000 sets power interruption information (for example, checksum) based on the information in the RAM area. Next, in step 4606, main controller 1000 prohibits writing to the RAM area, prohibits timer interrupt processing, and shifts to power-off waiting loop processing.

  Next, FIG. 14 is a flowchart of the vibration sensor monitoring process according to the subroutine of Step 1050 of FIG. 13 in the present embodiment. First, in step 1052, the vibration sensor monitoring unit 1065 refers to the flag area of the vibration sensor monitoring related information temporary storage unit 1065a, and determines whether or not the power-on vibration sensor monitoring flag is on. In the case of Yes in step 1052, in step 1054, the vibration sensor monitoring unit 1065 refers to the signal output from the vibration sensor 500 and determines whether or not the vibration sensor 500 has detected a vibration that causes a vibration error. To do. The vibration sensor 500 is a vibration error even when the vibration sensor 500 is broken, such as a disconnection (a wire is cut), a short circuit (a wire connecting the connector 508 and the pachinko game machine is in contact with another wire, etc.). (Vibration error is detected).

  In the case of Yes in Step 1054, in Step 1056, the vibration sensor monitoring unit 1065 sets the command related to the vibration error in the command transmission buffer 1301 for transmitting to the sub-main control unit 2320 (control command transmission processing in Step 3200). Is transmitted to the sub main control unit 2320 side). Next, in step 1058, the vibration sensor monitoring means 1065 memorizes that a signal related to the vibration error is transmitted to the external terminal board (sent to the external terminal board by the external signal output in step 3100), and in step 1060 Transition. Note that if the result of step 1054 is No, the process proceeds to step 1060.

  In this embodiment, the error notification continues for a predetermined time (for example, 30 seconds), and the monitoring of the vibration sensor is extended for the predetermined time. Further, when a vibration error occurs again during the extension of the monitoring of the vibration sensor, the error notification and the monitoring of the vibration sensor are executed from the timing when the error occurs again.

  Next, in step 1060, the vibration sensor monitoring unit 1065 refers to the vibration sensor monitoring timer 1165b and determines whether or not the timer value is zero. If YES in step 1060, the vibration sensor monitoring unit 1065 ends the monitoring of the vibration sensor 500 in step 1062. Next, in step 1064, the vibration sensor monitoring unit 1065 turns off the power-on vibration sensor monitoring flag in the flag area of the vibration sensor monitoring related information temporary storage unit 1065a, and performs the next processing (processing in step 1100). ).

  On the other hand, in the case of No in step 1052, in step 1066, the vibration sensor monitoring means 1065 refers to the flag area of the vibration sensor monitoring related information temporary storage means 1065a, and the special game vibration sensor monitoring flag (ON in step 2211). It is determined whether or not the flag that becomes is ON. In the case of Yes in step 1066, in step 1068, the vibration sensor monitoring unit 1065 refers to the signal output from the vibration sensor 500, and determines whether or not the vibration sensor 500 has detected a vibration that causes a vibration error. To do. In the case of Yes in step 1068, in step 1070, the vibration sensor monitoring unit 1065 sets the command related to the vibration error in the command transmission buffer 1301 for transmitting to the sub main control unit 2320 (control command transmission processing in step 3200). Is transmitted to the sub main control unit 2320 side). Next, in step 1072, the vibration sensor monitoring unit 1065 stores that the signal related to the vibration error is transmitted to the external terminal board (sent to the external terminal board by the external signal output of step 3100). Transition. Note that if the result of step 1068 is No, the process proceeds to step 1074. Next, in step 1074, the vibration sensor monitoring unit 1065 refers to the flag area of the vibration sensor monitoring related information temporary storage unit 1065a, and determines whether the vibration sensor monitoring end flag (the flag turned on in step 2461) is on. Determine whether or not. In the case of Yes in step 1074, in step 1076, the vibration sensor monitoring unit 1065 turns off the vibration sensor monitoring end flag in the flag area of the vibration sensor monitoring related information temporary storage unit 1065a. Next, in step 1078, the vibration sensor monitoring unit 1065 ends the monitoring of the vibration sensor 500. Next, in step 1080, the vibration sensor monitoring unit 1065 turns off the special game vibration sensor monitoring flag in the flag area of the vibration sensor monitoring related information temporary storage unit 1065a, and performs the next processing (processing in step 1100). ). Note that the process proceeds to the next process (the process of step 1100) also in the case of No in step 1060, step 1066, or step 1074.

  Next, FIG. 15 is a flowchart of auxiliary game content determination random number acquisition processing according to the subroutine of step 1100 in FIG. First, in step 1102, the auxiliary game entrance entrance determination means 1113 determines whether or not a game ball enters (inflow, passes in the case of a gate) into the auxiliary game start port 2410. In the case of Yes in step 1102, in step 1104, the auxiliary game random number acquisition determination execution means 1123 refers to the auxiliary game symbol hold information temporary storage means 1133a, and determines whether or not the number of hold balls is not the upper limit (for example, 4). . In the case of Yes in step 1104, in step 1106, the auxiliary game random number acquisition determination execution means 1123 acquires an auxiliary game content determination random number (for example, an auxiliary game symbol winning random number). Next, in step 1108, the auxiliary game symbol hold means 1133 adds 1 hold ball in the form of setting the random number in the auxiliary game symbol hold information temporary storage means 1133a together with information on what number of holds. Return to the caller of this subroutine. In addition, also when it is No in step 1102 or step 1104, it transfers to the next process (process of step 1200).

  Next, FIG. 16 is a flowchart of the electric accessory drive determination process according to the subroutine of step 1200 in FIG. First, in step 1202, the electric accessory opening / closing control means 1160 refers to the flag area of the auxiliary game related information temporary storage means 1193a and determines whether or not the electric accessory open flag is off. In the case of Yes in step 1202, in step 1204, the auxiliary game symbol control means 1153 refers to the flag area of the auxiliary game related information temporary storage means 1193a to determine whether or not the auxiliary game symbol changing flag is off. To do. In the case of Yes in step 1204, in step 1206, the auxiliary game content determination unit 1143 accesses the auxiliary game symbol hold information temporary storage unit 1133a and determines whether or not there is a hold ball related to the auxiliary game symbol. In the case of Yes in step 1206, in step 1216, the auxiliary game content determination unit 1143 refers to the auxiliary game state temporary storage unit 1193 to acquire the auxiliary game side game state (flag state of the auxiliary game short time flag), and Referring to the auxiliary game content determination lottery table 1143a, a stop symbol is determined based on the acquired auxiliary game side gaming state and the auxiliary game symbol random number based on the reserved ball (for example, when the auxiliary game short time flag is on) Is selected with a higher probability than in the case of being off) and temporarily stored in the auxiliary game symbol information temporary storage means 1193b. Next, in step 1218, the auxiliary game symbol variation time managing means 1153a stores the auxiliary game symbol variation management timer 1153a-1 in the auxiliary game symbol variation management timer 1153a-1 based on the game state on the auxiliary game side (flag state of the auxiliary game short time flag). A predetermined time (for example, 5 seconds when the auxiliary game short flag is on, and 30 seconds when the auxiliary game short flag is off) related to the variable time is set. In step 1220, the auxiliary game symbol control means 1153 turns on the auxiliary game symbol fluctuation flag in the auxiliary game related information temporary storage means 1193a. Next, in step 1222, the auxiliary game symbol holding means 1133 updates the hold information recorded in the auxiliary game symbol hold information temporary storage means 1133a after subtracting 1 from the reserved ball related to the auxiliary game symbol, and also assists. The game symbol control means 1153 starts the auxiliary game symbol variation management timer 1153 a-1, and then starts the auxiliary game symbol variation display on the auxiliary game symbol display unit 2421. Next, in step 1224, the auxiliary game symbol variation time management means 1153a refers to the auxiliary game symbol variation management timer 1153a-1, and determines whether or not a predetermined time related to the variation time of the auxiliary game symbol has been reached. To do. In the case of Yes in step 1224, in step 1226, the auxiliary game symbol control means 1153 refers to the auxiliary game symbol information temporary storage means 1193b, acquires the stop symbol of the auxiliary game symbol, and stops the acquired auxiliary game symbol. The symbol is fixedly displayed on the auxiliary game symbol display unit 2421. In step 1228, the auxiliary game symbol control means 1153 turns off the auxiliary game symbol fluctuation flag in the auxiliary game related information temporary storage means 1193a. Next, in step 1230, the condition determination means 1161 determines whether or not the stop symbol of the auxiliary game symbol is “winning”. In the case of Yes in Step 1230, in Step 1232, the electric accessory opening / closing control means 1160 relates to the opening time of the electric accessory in the release timer 1162 based on the auxiliary gaming side gaming state (the flag state of the auxiliary gaming short time flag) A predetermined time (for example, 6 seconds when the auxiliary game short flag is on, and 0.5 seconds when the auxiliary game short flag is off) is set. Next, in step 1234, the electric accessory opening / closing control means 1160 turns on the electric accessory open flag in the auxiliary game related information temporary storage means 1193a. In step 1236, the electric accessory opening / closing control means 1160 opens the electric accessory 2112 of the second main game starting port 2110. Next, at step 1238, the electric accessory opening / closing control means 1160 refers to the release timer 1162, and determines whether or not a predetermined time related to the opening time of the electric accessory has been reached. In the case of Yes in step 1238, in step 1240 and step 1242, the electric accessory opening / closing control means 1160 closes the electric accessory 2112 of the second main game starting port 2110, and in the auxiliary game related information temporary storage means 1193a. The electric agent releasing flag is turned off, and the process proceeds to the next process (the process of step 1300).

  If NO in step 1202, the process proceeds to step 1238. If NO in step 1204, the process proceeds to step 1224. If NO in step 1206, step 1224, step 1230, or step 1238, The process proceeds to the process (the process of Step 1300).

  Further, in this flowchart, for the sake of convenience, after the stop symbol display in step 1226, the process proceeds to the next step immediately, but the present invention is not limited to this. In that case, it may be configured to move to the next processing after a fixed stop display time of about 500 ms (for example, this processing is performed by performing branch processing using a stop display fixing flag and a timer). Achievable).

  Next, FIG. 17 is a flowchart of main game content determination random number acquisition processing according to the subroutine of step 1300 in FIG. First, in step 1302, the first main game start port entrance determining means 1111 receives the first main game start port entrance information from the first main game start entrance entrance detection device 2211 of the first main game start port 2210. Determine whether or not. In the case of Yes in step 1302, in step 1304, the first main game random number acquisition determination execution means 1121 refers to the first main game symbol hold information temporary storage means 1131a and holds on the main game (especially the first main game side). It is determined whether or not the number of spheres is not the upper limit (for example, four). In the case of Yes in step 1304, in step 1306, the first main game random number acquisition determination execution means 1121 acquires the first main game content determination random number. In the present embodiment, as the first main game content determination random number, the winning lottery random number for determining the success / failure, the symbol lottery random number for determining the winning symbol, and the variation pattern (variation time) of the special symbol are determined. The three random numbers of the variation mode lottery random numbers to acquire are acquired. Incidentally, these three random numbers are generated from random number generation means having different update periods and random number ranges, and are sequentially acquired at this timing. Next, in Step 1308, the first main game symbol hold means 1131 stores the first main game content determination random number in the first main game symbol hold information temporary storage means 1131a. Next, in step 1310, the information transmission control means 1300 sets information (holding occurrence command) indicating that the first main game random number has been acquired in the command transmission buffer 1301 for transmitting to the sub-main control unit 2320. To do. Next, in step 1311, the information transmission control means 1300 sets a prize ball command to the prize ball payout control board 3000 in the command sending buffer 1301 (to the prize ball payout control board 3000 side by the control command sending process in step 3200). The process proceeds to step 1312. Next, in step 1312, the second main game start opening entrance judging means 1112 receives the second main game start entrance entrance information from the second main game start entrance entrance detecting device 2111 of the second main game start entrance 2110. It is determined whether or not it has been received. In the case of Yes in step 1312, in step 1314, the second main game random number acquisition determination execution means 1122 refers to the second main game symbol hold information temporary storage means 1132a and holds on the main game (especially the second main game side). It is determined whether or not the number of spheres is not the upper limit (for example, four). In the case of Yes in step 1314, in step 1316, the second main game random number acquisition determination execution means 1122 acquires the second main game content determination random number. In the present embodiment, as the second main game content determination random number, three random numbers of the success / failure lottery random number, the symbol lottery random number, and the variation mode lottery random number are acquired as in the first main game content determination means. Incidentally, the acquisition range of each random number of the first main game content determination random number and the acquisition range of each random number of the second main game content determination random number (for example, the first lottery random number for the first main game and the right lottery random number for the second main game) Are set to the same range. Next, in step 1318, the second main game symbol hold means 1132 stores the second main game content determination random number in the second main game symbol hold information temporary storage means 1132a. Next, in step 1320, the information transmission control means 1300 sets information indicating that the second main game random number has been acquired (pending occurrence command) in the command transmission buffer 1301 for transmitting to the sub-main control unit 2320. To do. Next, in step 1321, the information transmission control means 1300 sets a prize ball command to the prize ball payout control board 3000 in the command sending buffer 1301 (to the prize ball payout control board 3000 side by the control command sending process in step 3200). And return to the caller of this subroutine. In the case of No in step 1302 or step 1304, the process proceeds to step 1312. In the case of No in step 1312 or step 1314, the process proceeds to the next process (process of step 1400).

  In the present embodiment, information indicating that a random number has been acquired is transmitted as information to be transmitted to the sub-main control unit 2320 in steps 1310 and 1320. However, the random number information and the main game symbol are transmitted. The number of reservations may be attached and transmitted, and the information indicating that a random number has been acquired can be substituted by these pieces of information.

  Next, FIG. 18 is a flowchart of main game symbol display processing according to the subroutine of step 1400 in FIG. First, in step 1401, the main game symbol hold release control means 1154 refers to the second main game symbol hold information temporary storage means 1132a, and confirms whether there is no hold of the second main game symbol. In the case of Yes in step 1401, in step 1400 (1), main controller 1000 executes a first main game symbol display process described later, and proceeds to the next process (process in step 2000). On the other hand, in the case of No in step 1401, in step 1400 (2), main controller 1000 executes a second main game symbol display process described later, and proceeds to the next process (process in step 2000). Thus, in the present embodiment, when there is a holding ball of the second main game symbol, regardless of the presence of the holding ball of the first main game symbol (even if the winning order is the holding of the first main game symbol) However, this is not limited to this, but it is not limited to this (the pending digest based on the winning order and both main game symbols are simultaneously executed in parallel). It may be configured to execute a parallel lottery for lottery.

  Next, FIG. 19 is a flowchart of the first main game symbol display process (second main game symbol display process) according to the subroutine of step 1400 (1) {step 1400 (2)} in FIG. In addition, since this process is substantially the same process on the first main game symbol side and the second main game symbol side, the first main game symbol side will be mainly described, and the processing on the second main game symbol side will be described. Use parentheses. First, in step 1403, the first main game content determination unit 1141 (second main game content determination unit 1142) determines whether or not a change start condition is satisfied. Here, the condition for starting the change is that the special game is not in progress (or the condition device is in operation), the main game symbol is not changing, and the main game symbol is on hold.

  Next, in step 1405 and step 1406, the first main game content determination means 1141 (second main game content determination means 1142) is a first main game symbol hold information temporary storage means 1131a (second main game symbol hold information temporary). The first main game content determination random number (second main game content determination random number) related to the current symbol variation, which is temporarily stored in the storage unit 1132a), is read, and the first main game symbol hold information temporary storage unit 1131a (first storage) The two main game symbol hold information temporary storage means 1132a) are deleted, and the remaining temporarily stored information is shifted (holding digestion process). Next, in Step 1410-1, the winning / not-lotting means 1135 refers to the first main gaming winning / losing lottery table 1135b-1 (second main gaming winning / losing lottery table 1135b-3) corresponding to each gaming state. Based on 1 main game content determination random number (second main game content determination random number) (particularly, a winning lottery random number), a main game symbol winning lottery is executed.

  Here, FIG. 20 (main game table 1) is an example of a first main game success / failure lottery table 1135b-1 (second main game success / failure lottery table 1135b-3). As shown in this example, in the present embodiment, the jackpot winning probability in the probability variation gaming state is configured to be higher than the jackpot winning probability in the non-probability variation gaming state. Note that the winning probability is merely an example, and is not limited to this. Further, in the present embodiment, the hit (so-called small hit) where the gaming state cannot be changed is not illustrated, but a small hit may be generated (winning for the small hit).

  Next, in step 1410-2, the first main game content determination means 1141 (second main game content determination means 1142) determines the first main game content determination lottery table 1141a (second main game content determination lottery table 1142a). ) To determine the stop symbol for the main game symbol based on the main game symbol determination lottery result and the first main game content determination random number (second main game content determination random number) (particularly, the symbol lottery random number), The first main game symbol information temporary storage means 1191b (second main game symbol information temporary storage means 1192b) is temporarily stored.

  Here, FIG. 20 (main game table 2) is an example of a first main game content determination lottery table 1141a (second main game content determination lottery table 1142a) (particularly, an example of a stop symbol determination table). . As shown in this example, in this embodiment, when a big hit is won, a plurality of main game symbol candidates (in this example, “4A · 3A · 5A · 7A” and “5B · 7B · 9B”) One main game symbol is determined as a jackpot symbol from the inside. As will be described later, in this embodiment, based on the type of jackpot symbol, the opening mode of the big prize opening (the distribution big prize mouth and the normal big prize mouth) at the time of the round is determined (a certain big hit symbol) And other jackpot symbols may be different in the manner of opening the big prize opening), and depending on the opening style of the big prize opening, the ease of transition to the probability variation gaming state is the type of jackpot symbol It is configured to be different depending on the case. The other symbol types are merely examples, and are not limited to this. {For example, the lost symbol is not limited to one type of symbol, and a plurality of types of symbols may be provided. When a specific symbol is stopped and displayed, the state of change of the main game symbol and / or the selection rate is different from that before the specific symbol is stopped and displayed (limited frequency state). May be configured}.

  Next, in step 1410-3, the first main game content determination means 1141 (second main game content determination means 1142) determines the first main game content determination lottery table 1141a (second main game content) corresponding to each game state. Refer to the content determination lottery table 1142a) and change the main game symbol based on the main game symbol determination lottery result and the first main game content determination random number (first main game content determination random number) (particularly, the variation mode lottery random number). The mode is determined, and these are temporarily stored in the first main game symbol information temporary storage unit 1191b (second main game symbol information temporary storage unit 1192b), and the process proceeds to Step 1415.

  Here, FIG. 20 (main game table 3) is an example of a first main game content determination lottery table 1141a (second main game content determination lottery table 1142a) (particularly, an example of a variation mode determination table). . As shown in this example, the present embodiment is configured such that the variation mode (variation time) of the main game symbol is determined based on the main game symbol winning / losing lottery result and the main game short time flag state. In other words, when the main game symbol winning / losing lottery result is a win, it is easy to determine a variation mode in which the variation time is relatively long, and when the main game short-time flag is off (relative to the short-time game state) The variation mode in which the variation time is short is easily determined. This example is merely an example, and is not limited to the type of stop symbol, the selection rate, or the like. Further, in the present embodiment, for convenience of explanation, it is not configured to have a different table according to the number of reserved balls. Absent. Furthermore, the symbol variation time on the first main game side in the time reduction game state (when the main game short time flag is on) may be configured to be relatively long (the symbol on the second main game side). When the change is configured to be advantageous for the player, the second main game side is likely to be suspended by reducing the symbol variation efficiency on the first main game side (advantageous for the player). This is particularly effective when the start port on the first main game side and the start port on the second main game side cannot be distinguished).

  Next, in step 1415, the information transmission control means 1300 causes the command (stop symbol) relating to the main game symbol temporarily stored in the first main game symbol information temporary storage means 1191b (second main game symbol information temporary storage means 1192b). Information, stop symbol attribute information, variation mode information, etc.) and a command related to the current gaming state (symbol variation display start instruction command) are set in the command transmission buffer 1301 for transmitting to the sub-main control unit 2320 side. . Next, in step 1416, the first main game symbol variation time management means 1151a (second main game symbol variation time management means 1152a) uses the predetermined time related to the variation time of the main game symbol for the first main game symbol variation management. The timer 1151a-1 (second main game symbol variation management timer 1152a-1) is set. In step 1417, the first main game symbol control means 1151 (second main game symbol control means 1152) is the first main game symbol of the first main game symbol display device 2130 (second main game symbol display device 2230). On the display unit 2131 (second main game symbol display unit 2231), in accordance with the variation mode stored in the first main game symbol information temporary storage unit 1191b (second main game symbol information temporary storage unit 1192b), Start the variable display. Next, in step 1418, the first main game symbol control means 1151 (second main game symbol control means 1152) turns on the changing flag in the first flag temporary storage means 1191a (second flag temporary storage means 1192a). To do. In step 1420, the first main game symbol variation time management means 1151a (second main game symbol variation time management means 1152a) determines whether or not a predetermined time relating to the variation time of the main game symbol has been reached. If Yes in step 1420, in step 1422, the information transmission control unit 1300 transmits a command transmission symbol (symbol confirmation display instruction command) to the sub-main control unit 2320, indicating that the symbol variation has ended. Set to 1301. Next, in step 1423, the first main game symbol control means 1151 (second main game symbol control means 1152) makes the first main game of the first main game symbol display device 2130 (second main game symbol display device 2230). The variable display of the main game symbol on the symbol display unit 2131 (second main game symbol display unit 2231) is stopped, and the first main game symbol information temporary storage unit 1191b (second main game symbol information temporary storage unit 1192b) is stopped. The stored stop symbol is displayed and controlled as a fixed stop symbol. Next, in step 1424, the first main game symbol control means 1151 (second main game symbol control means 1152) turns off the changing flag in the first flag temporary storage means 1191a (second flag temporary storage means 1192a). To.

  Next, in step 1430, the special game transition determining means 1135a determines whether or not the stop symbol of the main game symbol is a jackpot symbol. In the case of Yes in step 1430, in step 1432, the special game transition determining unit 1135a turns on the condition device operation flag in the flag area of the special game related information temporary storage unit 1194. On the other hand, if No at step 1430, step 1432 is skipped.

  Next, at step 1450, main controller 1000 executes a specific game end determination process, which will be described later, and proceeds to the next process (the process of step 2000). If No in step 1434, the process proceeds to the next process (the process in step 2000).

  In the case of No in step 1403, in step 1419, the first main game symbol control means 1151 (second main game symbol control means 1152), the first flag temporary storage means 1191a (second flag temporary storage means 1192a). ) Is referred to, and it is determined whether or not the changing flag is ON. If Yes in step 1419, the process proceeds to step 1420. If No in step 1419, the process proceeds to the next process (process in step 2000).

  Next, FIG. 21 is a flowchart of specific game end determination processing according to the subroutine of step 1500 in FIG. First, in step 1502, the specific game control means 1180 refers to the probability variation counter 1181a and determines whether or not the counter value is greater than zero. In the case of Yes in step 1502, in step 1504, the specific game control means 1180 decrements the counter value of the probability variation counter 1181a by 1. Next, in step 1506, the specific game control means 1180 refers to the probability variation counter 1181a and determines whether or not the counter value is zero. In the case of Yes in step 1506, in step 1510, the specific game control unit 1180 turns off the main game probability change flag in the flag area of the specific game related information temporary storage unit 1195, and proceeds to step 1512. Note that if the answer is No in step 1502 or 1506, the process also proceeds to step 1512.

  Next, in step 1512, the specific game control means 1180 refers to the time reduction counter 1181 b and determines whether or not the counter value is greater than zero. In the case of Yes in step 1512, in step 1514, the specific game control means 1180 subtracts 1 from the counter value of the time reduction counter 1181b. Next, in step 1516, the specific game control means 1180 refers to the time reduction counter 1181b and determines whether or not the counter value is zero. In the case of Yes in step 1516, in step 1518, the specific game control unit 1180 turns off the main game short time flag in the flag area of the specific game related information temporary storage unit 1195. Next, in step 1520, the specific game control means 1180 turns off the auxiliary game short time flag in the flag area of the specific game related information temporary storage means 1195, and proceeds to the next process (process of step 2000). Note that if the answer is No in step 1512 or step 1516, the process proceeds to the next process (the process in step 2000).

  Next, FIG. 22 is a flowchart of the special game operation condition determination process according to the subroutine of step 2000 in FIG. First, in step 2002, the condition determination means 1171 is on the first main game symbol display unit 2131 (second main game symbol display unit 2231) of the first main game symbol display device 2130 (second main game symbol display device 2230). It is determined whether or not the main game symbol displayed on is stopped. In the case of Yes in step 2002, in step 2004, the condition determination means 1171 refers to the flag area of the special game related information temporary storage means 1194 and determines whether or not the condition device operation flag is on. In the case of Yes in step 2004, in step 2006, the condition determination means 1171 refers to the flag area of the special game related information temporary storage means 1194, and determines whether or not the special game execution flag is off. In the case of Yes in step 2006, in step 2007, it is determined whether or not the main game symbol that is currently stopped is a long release fixed symbol (7A, 7B in this example). In addition, the long release confirmed symbol includes a round in which the opening mode of the distribution big prize opening 2220 in the special game related to the long release confirmed symbol is long release B, and the player stops the long release confirmed symbol It is a main game symbol that can be recognized that the long opening is included in the opening mode of the distribution prize winning opening 2220 sometimes. Next, in step 2008, the special game content determination means 1172 sets a long release confirmation command to the sub side (transmitted to the sub main control unit 2320 side in the control command transmission process of step 3200). Shift to 2009. On the other hand, when the result in step 2007 is No, the process proceeds to step 2009. Next, in step 2009, the special game content determination unit 1172 sets the content of the special game in the special game related information temporary storage unit 1194 by referring to the special game content reference table 1172a based on the predetermined mode. .

  Next, in step 2010, the specific game flags (main game probability change flag, main game short flag, auxiliary game short flag) in the flag area of the specific game related information temporary storage means 1195 are temporarily turned off. Next, in step 2012, the specific game control means 1180 resets the counter value of the probability variation counter 1181a (zero clear). Next, in step 2014, the specific game control means 1180 resets the counter value of the time reduction counter 1181b (clears to zero), and proceeds to the next processing (processing in step 2100). It should be noted that the process proceeds to the next process (the process of step 2100) also in the case of No in step 2002, step 2004, or step 2006.

  Next, FIG. 23 is a flowchart of the special game control process according to the subroutine of step 2100 in FIG. First, in step 2102, the special game execution means 1173 refers to the flag area of the special game related information temporary storage means 1194, and determines whether or not the condition device operation flag is on. In the case of Yes in Step 2102, in Step 2150, the special game execution means 1173 executes a special game start control process described later. Next, in step 2200, the special game executing means 1173 executes a distribution prize winning control process described later. Next, in step 2600, the special game executing means 1173 executes a normal special winning opening control process described later. Next, in step 2900, the special game execution means 1173 executes a special game end control process described later, and proceeds to the next process (the process of step 3000). On the other hand, in the case of No in step 2102, the special game execution means 1173 determines that it is not time to execute the special game, and proceeds to the next process (process of step 3000).

  Next, FIG. 24 is a flowchart of the special game start control process according to the subroutine of step 2150 in FIG. First, in step 2152, the special game execution means 1173 refers to the flag area of the special game related information temporary storage means 1194, and determines whether or not the special game execution flag is off. In the case of Yes in step 2152, in step 2156, the special game execution means 1173 turns on the special game execution flag in the flag area of the special game related information temporary storage means 1194. Next, in step 2158, the information transmission control means 1300 sets information (special game start display instruction command) to start the special game in the command transmission buffer 1301 for transmitting to the sub-main control unit side. . Next, in step 2160, the special game executing means 1173 sets (initializes) 1 to the round number counter 1173a, and proceeds to the next process (process of step 2200). On the other hand, also in the case of No in step 2152, the process proceeds to the next process (the process of step 2200).

  Next, FIG. 25 is a flowchart of the allocation prize winning control process according to the subroutine of step 2200 in FIG. First, in step 2202, the allocation prize winning control means 1174 refers to the round number counter 1173a to determine whether or not the counter value is an odd number (whether or not to shift to the probability-variable gaming state after the special game is finished). Whether or not it is an odd-numbered round in which the sorting game is determined. In the case of Yes in step 2202, in step 2204, the allocation large winning opening control unit 1174 refers to the flag area of the allocation game related information temporary storage unit 1197, and determines whether or not the allocation control continuing flag is on. Determine. If Yes in step 2204, the process proceeds to step 2300. On the other hand, in the case of No in step 2204, in step 2206, the allocation large winning opening control means 1174 turns on the distribution control continuing flag in the flag area of the allocation game related information temporary storage means 1197. Next, at step 2208, the distribution big prize control means 1174 refers to the opening / closing mode determination table 1172b (see FIG. 26), and based on the big win symbol and the counter value of the round number counter 1173a, the distribution large in the relevant round. The opening mode of the winning opening 2220 is set.

  Here, FIG. 26 is an example of the opening / closing mode determination table 1172b referred to when determining the opening mode of the special winning opening. As shown in the figure, the special game according to the present embodiment is configured such that the distribution big prize opening 2220 and the normal big prize opening 2120 are alternately opened. More specifically, the sorting prize winning opening 2220 is opened in the odd-numbered round, and when the sorting prize winning opening 2220 is finished, the next round (even-numbered round) is set, and the regular winning prize opening 2120 is set in the even-numbered round. When the opening of the regular prize winning opening 2120 is completed, the transition to the next round (odd round) is continued until the final round is completed. In this embodiment, the special game related to all the jackpot symbols is a 16-round special game. However, each round has an opening mode (a short opening that hardly obtains a ball and a long opening A and a ball that are easy to acquire a ball) To the specific area 2224 at the time of opening of the big prize winning opening 2220 determined to shift to the probability variation gaming state after the special game is ended by the combination of the long opening B) and the entry into the specific area 2224 provided inside The player's profit for each jackpot symbol is different depending on the combination of the ease of entering the ball (opening mode of the distribution large winning opening 2220 in odd-numbered rounds). For example, in the special game related to the jackpot symbol 4A, since only the second R, fourth R, sixth R, and eighth R are long open, it is possible to obtain four rounds (so-called, substantially four rounds). It does not shift to the probability variation gaming state after the end (or it is difficult to shift). On the other hand, in the special games related to the jackpot symbols 7A and 7B, since all the rounds are long open, it is possible to obtain 16 rounds, and the state shifts to the probability variation game state after the special game ends (or transition) Easy to do).

  In addition, by configuring the distribution grand prize winning port 2220 and the regular grand prize winning port 2120 to be alternately opened, during the passage of the prize waiting time after the closing of the one big prize winning port, the other large game winning the next round. It will be possible to start opening the winning opening. As a result, the period during which any big winning opening is closed is shortened, so that the game balls launched by the player do not enter any big winning opening (so-called waste balls) can be reduced. As well as being able to reduce the time required to digest special games.

  In addition, when the distribution big prize opening 2220 and the normal big prize opening 2120 are alternately opened, a round is given to the distribution big prize opening 2220 to enter a game ball (which becomes long open) with a plurality of odd numbers. Can be set from round. For example, in the special game related to the big hit symbol “3A”, the distribution winning prize opening 2220 is opened in the open mode of the long opening A in the seventh R, while in the special game related to the big hit symbol “5A” “5B”, In the 9th R, the large allocation winning opening 2220 is opened in the open mode of the long opening A. In this way, by giving variations to the timing of the long opening of the distribution large winning opening 2220, it is shown that the round in which the distribution large winning opening 2220 can be long opened ends with the short opening. In such an odd number of rounds, it is possible to perform an effect (so-called reverse effect) in which the large allocation winning opening 2220 is opened long. In addition, when the round in which the allocation big prize opening 2220 is long open is set as the second half of the special game, the special game before the long opening of the distribution big prize opening 2220 which is greatly related to the profit of the player is being executed. The period can be set to a period during which the player can make preparations for entering the game ball into the allocation prize winning port 2220 (for example, adjustment of the game ball launch intensity or supplement of the game ball to be launched). .

  In addition, when the large allocation winning opening 2220 is set to be opened for a plurality of times, a game ball can be made to enter the specific area 2224 more reliably, resulting in a discrepancy with the production {for example, In the period of one round in which the large prize winning opening 2220 is opened for a long time due to a clogged ball despite the fact that the transition to the probability-variable gaming state (or easy transition) is notified after the special game ends. It is possible to prevent a situation where the ball cannot be launched and the game does not enter the probability variation gaming state. Note that this example is merely an example, and the present invention is not limited to this example. For example, the allocation big prize opening 2220 is based on a rule different from this example, such as opening the distribution big prize opening 2220 every three rounds. May be configured to open, or may be configured to open the large allocation winning opening 2220 in an irregular order.

  Also, as shown in the opening / closing timing comparison image of FIG. 26, in this example, the opening pattern of long opening A: 52 ms opening + 2600 ms closing + 28800 ms opening, long opening B: 29000 ms opening, short opening: 52 ms opening. In particular, the long opening A and the short opening are substantially the same in the first 52 ms (see the respective figures shown below in the figure). (Refer to the open / close timing comparison image). Therefore, the player cannot recognize whether the selected opening pattern is a long opening A with a high profit or a short opening with a low profit, but if the distribution big prize opening 2220 is opened again after that, the player will be long. It is an opening that also serves as an effect that it is revealed that the opening is an opening in the opening mode of the opening A (that is, it is hoped that more balls can be obtained). For example, in this example, the big hit symbol “4A” is a low profit big hit symbol in which the opening mode of the distribution big prize opening 2220 is not long open, but the big hit symbol “3A” “5A” “5B” is halfway. Therefore, the player's expectation can be maintained until the seventh R and ninth R opening modes are known. On the other hand, in the special game related to the big hit symbols “7A” and “7B”, the opening mode of the 1R distribution big prize opening 2220 is also long opening, and the profit of the player is maximized in the 1R stage. Since it can be understood, the meaning of sustaining the player's expectation is sparse. Therefore, in this example, in the case of a special game related to the big hit symbols “7A” and “7B”, the distribution big prize opening 2220 is configured to be opened in the open mode of the long open B like the normal big prize opening 2120. (Because there is no need to perform a squeaky effect between short open and long open). This example is merely an example, and is not limited to this. For example, a long open mode or a short open mode not shown in the present example may be provided, or the first allocation of the special game to be executed may be provided. Only when the special winning opening 2220 is opened, the long opening A may be set. In this example, before the opening period of the special prize opening (the normal big prize opening 2120 or the distribution big prize opening 2220) in the special game is over, the big prize opening (the normal big prize opening 2120 or the distribution) When a predetermined number (for example, 10) of game balls have entered the big prize opening 2220), the current round ends, and the big prize opening (the normal big prize opening 2120 or the distribution big prize) The mouth 2220) is configured to close.

  Returning to the description of the flowchart, next, in step 2210, the allocation big prize control means 1174 turns on the shielding member drive control in-progress flag in the flag area of the allocation game related information temporary storage means 1197. . Next, the allocation large prize winning opening control means 1174 turns on the special game vibration sensor monitoring flag in the flag area of the vibration sensor monitoring related information temporary storage means 1065a. Next, in step 2212, the distribution large prize opening control means 1174 resets (clears to zero) the counter value of the distribution prize counter 1174e and the counter value of the discharge number counter 1174f. Next, at step 2214, the allocation large winning opening control means 1174 starts the allocation round timer 1174a, and proceeds to step 2300. Steps 2202 to 2214 are the initial processing stage, and initial processing at the time of round execution related to opening / closing of the big prize winning opening 2220 in the special game is performed in this processing.

  Next, in step 2300, the allocation big prize opening control means 1174 executes a distribution big prize opening opening / closing control process to be described later, and proceeds to step 2350. Next, in step 2350, the allocation big winning opening control means 1174 executes an allocation preparation time control process to be described later. Next, in step 2400, the allocation prize winning control means 1174 executes an allocation winning control process described later. Next, at step 2450, the distribution large winning opening control means 1174 executes a discharge ball abnormality detection process. Next, at step 2500, the allocation large winning opening control means 1174 executes a shielding member drive control process. Next, at step 2550, the allocation large winning opening control means 1174 executes an allocation round control end process which will be described later, and proceeds to the next process (the process of step 2600). If NO in step 2202, the process proceeds to step 2350.

  Next, FIG. 27 is a flowchart of the allocation big prize opening / closing control processing according to the subroutine of step 2300 in FIG. First, in step 2302, the distribution big prize opening control means 1174 refers to the flag area of the distribution game related information temporary storage means 1197 to determine whether or not the distribution big prize opening release end flag is off. . In the case of Yes in step 2302, in step 2304, the distribution large prize opening control means 1174 refers to the flag area of the distribution game related information temporary storage means 1197, and the distribution large prize opening releasing control flag is on. It is determined whether or not. If Yes in step 2304, the process proceeds to step 2310. On the other hand, in the case of No in step 2304, in step 2306, the large allocation prize opening control means 1174 turns on the high allocation prize opening opening control flag in the flag area of the distribution game related information temporary storage means 1197. To. Next, in step 2308, the distribution large prize opening control means 1174 starts to open and close the distribution large prize opening 2220 based on the set release mode, and proceeds to step 2310.

  Next, in step 2310, the allocation big prize control means 1174 refers to the allocation prize number counter 1174e, and determines whether or not the counter value has reached a predetermined number (for example, 10). If YES in step 2310, the process proceeds to step 2314. On the other hand, in the case of No in step 2310, in step 2312, the allocation big prize opening control means 1174 refers to the timer value of the allocation round timer 1174 a, and whether or not the opening period of the allocation big prize opening 2220 has ended. Determine. If Yes in step 2312, the process proceeds to step 2314. Here, in the present example, the opening period of the distribution prize winning opening 2220 is 52 ms when the opening mode is “short opening”, 31542 ms when “long opening A”, and “long opening B”. In some cases, it is 29000 ms.

  Next, at step 2314, the allocation prize winning control means 1174 forcibly ends the longest opening control of the allocation prize winning opening 2220 and closes it. That is, when a predetermined number of winnings are detected in the allocation big prize opening 2220 or when the set opening pattern is finished, the opening and closing of the distribution big prize opening 2220 is finished and closed. Next, at step 2316, the allocation big prize opening control means 1174 turns off the distribution big prize opening releasing control flag in the flag area of the distribution game related information temporary storage means 1197. Next, in step 2318, the allocation big prize opening control means 1174 turns on the distribution big prize opening release end flag in the flag area of the distribution game related information temporary storage means 1197, and performs the next processing (step 2350). It should be noted that even if the determination in step 2302 or step 2312 is No, the processing proceeds to the next processing (processing in step 2350).

  Next, FIG. 28 is a flowchart of the allocation preparation time control process according to the subroutine of step 2350 in FIG. First, in step 2352, the allocation big prize control means 1174 refers to the flag area of the allocation game related information temporary storage means 1197, and determines whether or not the discharge waiting flag is off. In the case of Yes in step 2352, in step 2354, the allocation big prize opening control means 1174 refers to the flag area of the distribution game related information temporary storage means 1197, and whether the allocation big prize opening release end flag is on. Determine whether or not. In the case of Yes in step 2354, in step 2355, the large allocation winning opening control means 1174 turns off the large allocation winning opening release end flag in the flag area of the allocated gaming related information temporary storage means 1197. Next, at step 2357, the allocation prize winning control unit 1174 sets the allocation prize waiting time (3000 ms in this example) in the allocation prize waiting timer 1174b. Next, in step 2360, the allocation big prize opening control means 1174 turns on the distribution prize waiting flag in the flag area of the allocation game related information temporary storage means 1197. Next, at step 2362, the distribution large winning opening control means 1174 causes the distribution round end timer 1174c to actually wait for the round end waiting time (for example, the excitation of the solenoid that drives the distribution large winning opening 2220 is actually stopped). It is the total time of the closing time for waiting for the time until the distribution prize winning opening 2220 is closed and the preparation time for preparing the start of the next round, and in this example, it is set to start (140 ms + 60 ms, 200 ms). At the same time, in step 2364, the allocation big prize control unit 1174 turns on the distribution round end standby flag in the flag area of the allocation game related information temporary storage unit 1197, and proceeds to step 2366. Note that if No in step 2352, the process proceeds to step 2366.

  Here, in this example, the waiting time at the end of the sorting round is set to 200 ms. Is the sum of the time required for 140) and the preparation time of 60 ms until the next opening. By providing the preparation time in this way, it is possible to prevent malfunctions and the like by interrupting the drive of the solenoid and the motor that drive the opening and closing of the big prize opening and suppressing the heat generation. Further, in this example, the distribution round end waiting time (200 ms) is configured to be shorter than the discharge waiting time (1900 ms), and the next time during the waiting period for the game balls in the big prize opening to be discharged Since the opening of the grand prize winning opening (usually the big winning opening 2120) related to the round can be started, the special game can proceed smoothly. Note that this example is merely an example, and is not limited to the specific numerical values and modes listed here. For example, in this example, a preparation time is provided after closing the special winning opening during the round of special games. Although configured as described above, a preparation time may be provided before the special winning opening is opened during the execution of a special game round.

  Next, in step 2366, the distribution large prize opening control unit 1174 refers to the flag area of the distribution game related information temporary storage unit 1197, and determines whether or not the distribution round end standby flag is on. In the case of Yes in step 2366, in step 2368, the large allocation winning opening control unit 1174 refers to the distribution round end timer 1174c and determines whether or not the timer value is zero. In the case of Yes in step 2368, in other words, in the case where the above-described round end waiting time has expired, in step 2370, the large allocation winning opening control means 1174 adds 1 to the counter value of the round number counter 1173 a (increment). To do. As a result of this processing, the counter value becomes an even number, and the processing of the next round (to be described later) (for example, the normal big prize opening control processing in S2600) is started. Next, in step 2372, the allocation big prize control unit 1174 turns off the distribution round end waiting flag in the flag area of the allocation game related information temporary storage unit 1197, and proceeds to step 2374. Note that if the result is No in step 2366 or step 2368, the process proceeds to step 2374.

  Next, in step 2374, the allocation big prize control means 1174 refers to the flag area of the allocation game related information temporary storage means 1197, and determines whether or not the allocation prize waiting flag is ON. In the case of Yes in step 2374, in step 2376, the large allocation prize opening control means 1174 refers to the allocation prize waiting timer 1174b and determines whether or not the timer value is zero. In the case of Yes in step 2376, in other words, in the case where the above-described allocation prize waiting time is over, in step 2378, the allocation big prize control means 1174 is in the flag area of the allocation game related information temporary storage means 1197 Turn off the distribution winning awaiting flag. Tsugin, at step 2392-1, the sorting prize winning control means 1174 sets the discharge standby time (1000 ms in this example) to the discharge standby timer 1174d and starts the timer. Next, at step 2392-2, the large allocation winning opening control means 1174 turns on the discharge waiting flag in the flag area of the distribution game related information temporary storage means 1197, and proceeds to step 2392-3. Note that if the answer is No in step 2374 or step 2376, the process proceeds to step 2392-3. Note that if the answer is No in step 2374 or step 2376, the process proceeds to step 2392-3.

  Next, in step 2392-3, the allocation big prize control means 1174 refers to the flag area of the allocation game related information temporary storage means 1197, and determines whether or not the discharge waiting flag is on. In the case of Yes in step 2392-3, in step 2392-4, the large allocation winning opening control means 1174 refers to the discharge waiting timer 1174d and determines whether or not the timer value is zero. In the case of Yes in step 2392-4, in step 2392-5, the large allocation winning opening control means 1174 turns off the discharge waiting flag in the flag area of the distribution game related information temporary storage means 1197. Next, at step 2392-6, the allocation prize winning control means 1174 turns on the discharge confirmation permission flag in the flag area of the allocation game related information temporary storage means 1197, and the next processing (processing at step 2400). ). It should be noted that also in the case of No in step 2392-3 or step 2392-4, the processing shifts to the next processing (processing in step 2400). As described above, in the present embodiment, after the winning standby time of the allocation large winning opening 2220 ends (the timer value of the allocation winning standby timer 1174b becomes 0), the discharge waiting time (in this example, 1000 ms) is provided (in addition, the detection of the discharged ball is effective even during the opening time of the distribution large winning opening 2220 and the waiting time for winning).

  Next, FIG. 29 is a flowchart of the distribution winning control process according to the subroutine of step 2400 in FIG. First, in step 2401, the distribution big prize opening control means 1174 refers to the flag area of the distribution game related information temporary storage means 1197, and determines whether or not the distribution control continuation flag is on. In the case of Yes in step 2401, in step 2402, the allocation big prize control means 1174 refers to the flag area of the allocation game related information temporary storage means 1197 and determines whether or not the discharge ball abnormality flag is off. To do. In the case of Yes in step 2402, in step 2404, the allocation big prize control means 1174 refers to the flag area of the allocation game related information temporary storage means 1197 and determines whether or not the discharge waiting flag is off. To do.

  In the case of Yes in step 2404, in other words, when the allocation prize winning port 2220 is being opened or during the allocation prize waiting time, in step 2405, the allocation prize winning control unit 1174 is assigned to the allocation prize detection device. It is determined whether or not 2221 (a large winning prize entry ball sensor) has detected a new ball. In the case of Yes in step 2405, in step 2406, the large allocation prize opening control means 1174 adds (increments) 1 to the counter value of the allocation prize winning number counter 1174e. Next, at step 2407, the allocation large winning opening control means 1174 sets a prize ball command to the prize ball payout control board 3000 side, and proceeds to step 2408. On the other hand, in the case of No in step 2405, the processing proceeds to step 2408 without executing the processing of step 2406 and step 2407.

  Next, at step 2408, the large allocation winning opening control means 1174 determines whether or not the specific area entry detection device 2224-1 (specific area prize sensor) has detected a new entry. In the case of Yes in step 2408, in step 2410, the large allocation prize opening control means 1174 determines whether or not the counter value of the allocation prize winning number counter 1174e is larger than the counter value of the discharge number counter 1174f. In the case of Yes in Step 2410, in Step 2411, the large allocation winning opening control means 1174 determines whether or not the entry into the specific area 2224 is the first entry in the special game being executed. In the case of Yes in step 2411, in step 2412, the large allocation winning opening control means 1174 performs sub-main control on a specific area entry effect execution command for displaying that a game ball has entered the specific area 2224. Set to the command transmission buffer 1301 for transmission to the unit 2320 side. Next, in step 2413, the allocation large prize opening control unit 1174 turns on the probability change transfer reservation flag in the flag area of the specific game related information temporary storage unit 1195, and proceeds to step 2416. On the other hand, in the case of No in Step 2411, in other words, if it is not the first entry in the special game being executed, the processing proceeds to Step 2416 without executing the processing of Step 2412 and Step 2413. On the other hand, in the case of No in step 2410, in other words, when entering the specific area 2224, when the counter value of the distribution winning prize counter 1174e is equal to or less than the counter value of the discharge number counter 1174f (for example, detection of entry) In the case where a game ball that has not been entered enters a specific area), in step 2414, the large allocation winning opening control means 1174 sends an error notification command for displaying that an error has occurred to the sub-main control unit 2320 side. Is set in the command transmission buffer 1301 for transmission. Next, at step 2415, the allocation prize winning control means 1174 stores the fact that a fraud detection signal for notifying the game hall staff that fraud has been detected is transmitted to the hall computer H, and the process proceeds to step 2416. To do. Next, in step 2416, the allocation large winning opening control means 1174 adds (increments) 1 to the counter value of the number-of-discharges counter 1174f, and proceeds to step 2417. In the case of No in step 2408, the process proceeds to step 2417.

  Next, in step 2417, the allocation large winning opening control means 1174 determines whether or not the discharge ball detecting device 2224-2 (discharge sensor) detects a new ball (discharge). In the case of Yes in step 2417, in step 2418, the large allocation winning opening control means 1174 adds 1 to the counter value of the discharge number counter 1174f (increment), and returns to the caller of this subroutine. On the other hand, in the case of No in step 2417, the process returns to the calling source of this subroutine without executing the processing of step 2418. Also in the case of No in step 2401, the process returns to the caller of this subroutine.

  Here, in this example, when a game ball enters the discharge ball detection device 2224-2 (discharge sensor) or the specific region entrance detection device 2224-1 (specific region winning sensor), the counter value of the discharge number counter 1174f 1 is added (incremented). In other words, since the specific area winning sensor also serves as the discharge sensor, the number of sensors necessary for the discharge confirmation can be reduced, and the manufacturing cost of the gaming machine can be reduced. Furthermore, the distance between the winning sensor and the discharging sensor can be shortened compared to the case where the discharging sensor is provided at the end of the specific area winning sensor, and the special game can be made smoother by shortening the waiting time for discharging the game ball. It can progress. In addition, this example is an example to the last, and it is not limited to this at all. For example, a game ball that has entered the distribution prize winning port 2220 may finally pass through one discharge sensor. .

  On the other hand, in the case of No in step 2404, in other words, in the case of the discharge waiting time after the end of the allocation prize waiting time (1000 ms), in step 2419, the allocation large prize opening control means 1174 enters the specific area entry. It is determined whether or not the detection device 2224-1 (specific area winning sensor) has detected a new ball. In the case of Yes in step 2419, in step 2420, the distribution large prize opening control means 1174 determines whether or not the counter value of the distribution prize winning number counter 1174e is larger than the counter value of the discharge number counter 1174f. In the case of Yes in Step 2420, in Step 2421, the large allocation winning opening control means 1174 determines whether or not the entry to the specific area 2224 is the first entry in the special game being executed. In the case of Yes in step 2421, in step 2422, the large allocation winning opening control means 1174 performs a sub-main control on a specific area entry effect execution command for displaying that a game ball has entered the specific area 2224. Set to the command transmission buffer 1301 for transmission to the unit 2320 side. Next, in step 2423, the allocation big prize opening control means 1174 turns on the probability change transfer reservation flag in the flag area of the specific game related information temporary storage means 1195, and proceeds to step 2426. On the other hand, in the case of No in Step 2421, in other words, if it is not the first entry in the special game being executed, the processing proceeds to Step 2426 without executing the processing of Step 2422 and Step 2423. On the other hand, in the case of No in step 2420, in other words, when entering the specific area 2224, when the counter value of the distribution winning prize counter 1174e is equal to or less than the counter value of the discharge number counter 1174f (for example, detection of the entry) In the case where a game ball that has not been entered enters a specific area), in step 2424, the allocation large winning opening control means 1174 sends an error notification command for displaying that an error has occurred to the sub-main control unit 2320 side. Is set in the command transmission buffer 1301 for transmission. Next, at step 2425, the allocation prize winning control means 1174 stores the fact that a fraud detection signal for notifying the game hall staff that fraud has been detected is transmitted to the hall computer H, and the process proceeds to step 2426. To do. Next, at step 2426, the distribution large winning opening control means 1174 adds (increments) 1 to the counter value of the number-of-discharges counter 1174f, and proceeds to step 2427. Note that if the answer is No in Step 2419, the process proceeds to Step 2427.

  Next, in step 2427, the allocation large winning opening control means 1174 determines whether or not the discharge ball detection device 2224-2 (discharge sensor) has detected a new ball (discharge). In the case of Yes in step 2427, in step 2428, the large allocation winning opening control means 1174 adds (increments) 1 to the counter value of the discharge number counter 1174f, and proceeds to the next processing (processing in step 2450). On the other hand, in the case of No in step 2427, the process proceeds to the next process (the process of step 2450) without executing the process of step 2428.

  On the other hand, in the case of No in step 2402, in other words, in the case of an abnormal discharge ball, in step 2429, the allocation large winning opening control means 1174 is the specific area entrance detection device 2224-1 (specific area award sensor). Determines whether or not a new ball has been detected. In the case of Yes in step 2429, in step 2430, the large allocation prize opening control means 1174 determines whether or not the counter value of the allocation prize winning number counter 1174e is larger than the counter value of the discharge number counter 1174f. If Yes in step 2430, the process proceeds to step 2433. On the other hand, in the case of No in step 2430, in other words, when entering the specific area 2224, when the counter value of the distribution winning prize counter 1174e is equal to or less than the counter value of the discharge number counter 1174f (for example, entry detection) In the case where a game ball that has not been entered enters a specific area), in step 2431, the large allocation winning opening control means 1174 sends an error notification command for displaying that an error has occurred to the sub-main control unit 2320 side. Is set in the command transmission buffer 1301 for transmission. Next, in step 2432, the allocation prize winning control means 1174 stores that the fraud detection signal for notifying the game hall staff that fraud has been detected is transmitted to the hall computer H, and the process proceeds to step 2433. To do. Next, at step 2433, the allocation large winning opening control means 1174 adds (increments) 1 to the counter value of the number-of-discharges counter 1174f, and proceeds to step 2434. In the case of No in step 2429, the process proceeds to step 2434.

  Next, in step 2434, the large allocation winning opening control unit 1174 determines whether or not the discharge ball detection device 2224-2 (discharge sensor) has detected a new ball (discharge). In the case of Yes in step 2434, in step 2435, the large allocation winning opening control unit 1174 adds (increments) 1 to the counter value of the discharge number counter 1174f, and returns to the caller of this subroutine. On the other hand, in the case of No in step 2434, the process returns to the calling source of this subroutine without executing the processing of step 2435.

  Next, FIG. 30 is a flowchart of the discharged ball abnormality detection process according to the subroutine of step 2450 in FIG. First, in step 2452, the allocation big prize control unit 1174 refers to the flag area of the allocation game related information temporary storage unit 1197, and determines whether or not the discharge confirmation permission flag is on. In the case of Yes in step 2452, in step 2454, the distribution big prize opening control means 1174 has the same counter value of the distribution prize counter 1174e and the counter value of the discharge counter 1174f (all winning game balls are normal). Is discharged). In the case of Yes in step 2454, in step 2456 and step 2458, the allocation big prize control unit 1174 determines that there is no discharge ball abnormality, and the discharge is in the flag area of the allocation game related information temporary storage unit 1197. Turn off the confirmation permission flag and the discharge ball abnormality flag. Next, in step 2460, the allocation big prize control means 1174 turns on the normal discharge completion flag in the flag area of the allocation game related information temporary storage means 1197. Next, in step 2461, the allocation prize winning control means 1174 turns on the vibration sensor monitoring end flag in the flag area of the vibration sensor monitoring related information temporary storage means 1065a, and the next processing (processing in step 2500). Migrate to

  On the other hand, in the case of No in step 2454, in step 2462, the large allocation winning opening control means 1174 determines that a discharge ball abnormality has occurred, and is in the flag area of the distributed game related information temporary storage means 1197. , Turn on the discharge ball abnormality flag. Next, at step 2464, the distribution large winning opening control means 1174 sends a command for sending a discharge ball abnormality command for notifying that a discharge ball abnormality has occurred to the sub-main control unit 2320 side. The trust buffer 1301 is set, and the process proceeds to the next process (the process of step 2500). In the case of No in step 2452, the process proceeds to the next process (the process of step 2500).

  Next, FIG. 31 is a flowchart of the shielding member drive control process according to the subroutine of step 2500 in FIG. First, in step 2502, the allocation big prize opening control means 1174 refers to the flag area of the allocation game related information temporary storage means 1197, and determines whether or not the shielding member driving control flag is on. In the case of Yes in step 2502, in step 2503, the allocation big prize control means 1174 refers to the flag area of the allocation game related information temporary storage means 1197 and determines whether or not the normal discharge completion flag is off. To do. In the case of Yes in step 2503, the process proceeds to step 2504, and processing for driving the shielding member 2224a is executed. In the case of No in step 2503, the processing of step 2526 and step 2528 is executed, and the driving of the shielding member 2224a is forcibly terminated.

  Next, in step 2504, the shielding member drive control unit 1174-1 refers to the sorting round timer 1174a and determines whether or not the timer value is within a predetermined period A (for example, 0 ≦ A <52 ms). Determine. In the case of Yes in step 2504, in step 2506, the shielding member drive control unit 1174-1 opens the shielding member 2224a and returns to the calling source of this subroutine. On the other hand, in the case of No in step 2504, in step 2508, the shielding member drive control unit 1174-1 refers to the sorting round timer 1174a, and the timer value is within a predetermined period B (for example, 52 ≦ B <2652ms). It is determined whether it is a value. In the case of Yes in step 2508, in step 2510, the shielding member drive control means 1174-1 closes the shielding member 2224a and returns to the calling source of this subroutine. On the other hand, in the case of No in step 2508, in step 2512, the shielding member drive control unit 1174-1 refers to the distribution round timer 1174a, and the timer value is within a predetermined period C (for example, 2652 ≦ C <34052ms). It is determined whether it is a value. In the case of Yes in step 2512, in step 2514, the shielding member drive control unit 1174-1 opens the shielding member 2224a and returns to the calling source of this subroutine. On the other hand, in the case of No in step 2512, in step 2516, the shielding member drive control unit 1174-1 refers to the distribution round timer 1174a, and the timer value is within a predetermined period D (for example, 34052 ≦ D <36052ms). It is determined whether it is a value. In the case of Yes in step 2516, in step 2518, the shielding member drive control means 1174-1 closes the shielding member 2224a and returns to the calling source of this subroutine. On the other hand, in the case of No in step 2516, in step 2520, the shielding member drive control unit 1174-1 refers to the sorting round timer 1174a, and the timer value is within a predetermined period E (for example, 36052 ≦ D <36104ms). It is determined whether it is a value. In the case of Yes in step 2520, in step 2524, the shielding member drive control unit 1174-1 opens the shielding member 2224a, and proceeds to the next process (the process in step 2550).

  Here, the processing of S2520 and S2524 will be described. In this example, as shown in FIG. 28, the shielding member 2224a opens and closes based on a fixed drive pattern regardless of the opening and closing mode of the allocation prize winning port 2220 (by adopting such a configuration, the program capacity Can be reduced). Even when the shielding member 2224a is being driven, when the game ball is normally discharged, the driving of the shielding member 2224a is forcibly terminated. Here, in this embodiment, the longest time for which the driving of the shielding member 2224a is forcibly terminated without causing the discharge ball abnormality is the time when the open mode of the long open A is selected as the open pattern of the sorting large winning opening 2220. {Specifically, a period (in this example, the opening time (31145 ms in this example) + the allocation prize waiting time (in this example, 1900 ms) + the specific area prize waiting time (in this example, 700 ms)) 34052 ms)}. As can be seen from this, the process after the end of the predetermined period C (Yes in S2512) (the process of S2516 to S2524) is a process that is executed only when an abnormal discharge ball occurs. That is, when an abnormal discharge ball occurs due to the game ball being held inside, such as when a game ball is caught in the shielding member 2224a, the blocking of the internal game ball is canceled by driving (opening) the shielding member 2224a. The shielding member 2224a is driven to the open state with the intention of making it. In addition, this example is an example to the last, and it is not limited to this at all, For example, you may comprise so that opening and closing of the shielding member 2224a may be repeated until discharge ball | bowl abnormality is eliminated.

  Here, as described above, the shielding member 2224a opens and closes based on a certain driving pattern regardless of the opening and closing mode of the large allocation winning opening 2220. At this time, in the case of (1) short opening, the ball does not enter the specific area 2224 (that is, as a result of entering the specific area 2224 despite the short opening of the allocation large winning opening 2220, (Avoidance of possible occurrence of a transition to the probability-variable gaming state after the end of the special game), and (2) entering the specific area 2224 when the long game is released (that is, the distribution big prize opening 2220 is long open) In spite of the fact that it does not enter the specific area 2224, it is preferable to adopt a driving pattern such as avoiding a situation in which the transition to the probability variation gaming state may not occur after the special game ends. In this example, as described above, as shown in the opening / closing timing comparison image of FIG. 23, first, the shielding member 2224a is opened simultaneously with the distribution large winning opening 2220. Then, the predetermined period A is set to end before the game ball that has entered immediately after the allocation big prize opening 2220 opens reaches the specific area 2224 (from the distribution big prize opening 2220 to the specific area). Set based on flow-down time up to 2224). For example, the predetermined period A is set to a value less than or less than {one game ball launch time (game ball launch interval)}. By configuring in this way, it is possible to prevent the entry into the specific area 2224 when the above-mentioned (1), that is, the large allocation winning opening 2220 is short-opened (+ first open at long open A). Can do. Next, in the predetermined period B (or predetermined period A + predetermined period B), the predetermined number that is the end condition of the round is before the winning detection is detected (that is, the number is detected by the distribution winning detection device 2221). Or before all the predetermined number of the end conditions of the round are detected (that is, before the number is detected by the discharge ball detecting device 2224-2), for example, (predetermined number × It is set to a value less than or less than the shooting speed per game ball. With this configuration, a predetermined number of balls (10 in this example) are entered into the large allocation winning opening 2220 before reaching the predetermined period C in which the shielding member 2224a is opened again during the long opening B. As a result, it is possible to secure the entry into the specific area 2224 in the subsequent predetermined period C, that is, the above-mentioned (2), that is, the entry into the specific area 2224 at the time of long release is ensured. it can. In addition, if the predetermined period B is too short, a game ball that has entered at the time of short opening will enter the specific area 2224 within the predetermined period C that is subsequently executed. Therefore, it is desirable that the predetermined period B is longer than the time required for the game ball that has entered the large allocation winning opening 2220 during the predetermined period A to pass through the shielding member 2224a. More specifically, the predetermined period B (or the predetermined period A + B) is set to a value exceeding or more than {the launch time of one game ball (game ball launch interval)}. In this example, as the opening and closing timing, the predetermined period A is the opening period of the shielding member 2224a, but the present invention is not limited to this, and the period may be a closing period. In this case, it is possible to further avoid a situation in which the game ball won at the time of short opening passes through the specific area 2224.

  Returning to the description of FIG. 31 again, in the case of No in step 2520, in other words, when all of the drive patterns of the shielding member 2224a have been executed, the shielding member drive control means 1174-1 in step 2526 The member 2224a is closed. Next, in Step 2528, the shielding member drive control means 1174-1 turns off the shielding member drive control in-progress flag in the flag area of the sorting game related information temporary storage means 1197, and performs the next processing (Step 2550). Process). Even in the case of No in step 2502, the process proceeds to the next process (the process of step 2550).

  Next, FIG. 32 is a flowchart of distribution round control end processing according to the subroutine of step 2550 in FIG. First, at step 2552, the allocation big prize opening control means 1174 refers to the flag area of the allocation game related information temporary storage means 1197, and determines whether or not the normal discharge completion flag is on. In the case of Yes in step 2552, in steps 2554 to 2556, the allocation big prize control means 1174 sets the normal discharge completion flag and the standby waiting flag in the flag area of the allocation game related information temporary storage means 1197. Turn off. Next, at step 2558, the allocation large winning opening control means 1174 stops and resets the allocation round timer 1174a. Next, at step 2560, the allocation prize winning control means 1174 turns off the distribution control continuation flag in the flag area of the allocation game related information temporary storage means 1197, and performs the next process (of step 2600). Process). On the other hand, if No in step 2552, the process proceeds to the next process (the process in step 2600) without executing the processes in steps 2554 to 2560.

  Next, FIG. 33 is a flowchart of the normal special winning opening control process according to the subroutine of step 2600 in FIG. First, in step 2602, the normal winning opening control means 1175 refers to the round number counter 1173 a and determines whether or not the counter value is an even number. In the case of Yes in step 2602, in step 2604, the normal special winning opening control means 1175 refers to the flag area of the special game related information temporary storage means 1194, and determines whether or not the normal control continuation flag is on. . If Yes in step 2604, the process proceeds to step 2650. On the other hand, in the case of No in step 2604, in step 2606, the normal special winning opening control means 1175 turns on the normal control continuation flag in the flag area of the special game related information temporary storage means 1194. Next, in step 2608, the normal big prize opening control means 1175 sets the opening mode of the normal big prize opening 2120 with reference to the open / close mode determination table 1172 b (see FIG. 26) based on the big hit symbol and the round number counter value. To do. In this embodiment, there are only two types of opening modes that can be normally selected for the big prize opening 2120: long opening B and short opening. However, the opening mode is not limited to this, and any opening time or opening pattern can be selected. There is no problem even if you choose.

  Next, in step 2610, the normal special winning opening control means 1175 resets (zero clears) the counter value of the normal winning number counter 1175d. Next, in step 2612, the normal special prize opening control means 1175 starts the normal round timer 1175a, and proceeds to step 2650. Steps 2602 to 2612 are initial processing stages, and initial processing at the time of round execution related to opening and closing of the special prize winning opening 2120 in the special game is performed in this processing.

  Next, in step 2650, the normal special prize opening control means 1175 executes a normal special prize opening opening / closing control process to be described later, and proceeds to step 2700. In the case of No in step 2602, the process proceeds to step 2700. Next, in step 2700, the normal special winning opening control means 1175 executes a normal preparation time control process to be described later. Next, in step 2750, the normal special winning opening control means 1175 executes a normal winning control process described later. Next, in step 2800, the normal special winning opening control means 1175 executes a normal round control end process which will be described later, and proceeds to the next process (the process of step 2900).

  Next, FIG. 34 is a flowchart of the normal special prize opening opening / closing control process according to the subroutine of step 2650 in FIG. First, at step 2652, the normal special prize opening control means 1175 refers to the flag area of the special game related information temporary storage means 1194 and determines whether or not the normal special prize opening release end flag is OFF. In the case of Yes in step 2652, in step 2654, the normal big prize opening control means 1175 refers to the flag area of the special game related information temporary storage means 1194, and determines whether or not the normal big prize opening release in-control flag is on. Determine. If Yes in step 2654, the process proceeds to step 2660. On the other hand, in the case of No in step 2654, in step 2656, the normal special winning opening control means 1175 turns on the normal special winning opening opening control flag in the flag area of the special game related information temporary storage means 1194. To do. Next, in step 2658, the normal special prize opening control means 1175 starts to open and close the normal special prize opening 2120 based on the set release mode, and proceeds to step 2660.

  Next, in step 2660, the normal winning prize control means 1175 refers to the normal winning number counter 1175d, and a predetermined number (for example, 10) of game balls have been won in the normal winning prize port 2120 in the running round. It is determined whether or not there was. If Yes in step 2660, the process proceeds to step 2664. On the other hand, in the case of No in step 2660, in step 2662, the normal special prize opening control means 1175 refers to the normal round timer 1175a, determines whether or not the period for opening the normal special prize opening 2120 has ended, and this step If Yes, the process proceeds to step 2664. In this embodiment, the opening time of the regular prize winning opening 2120 is 29000 ms when the open / close mode is long open B, and 52 ms when the open / close mode is short open, but there is no problem even if it is changed.

  Next, in step 2664, the normal special prize opening control unit 1175 closes the normal special prize opening 2120. Next, in Step 2666, the normal special winning opening control means 1175 turns off the normal special winning opening opening control flag in the flag area of the special game related information temporary storage means 1194. Next, in step 2668, the normal special winning opening control means 1175 turns on the normal special winning opening release end flag in the flag area of the special game related information temporary storage means 1194, and performs the next processing (processing in step 2700). ). Note that if the answer is No in step 2652 or step 2662, the process proceeds to the next process (the process in step 2700).

  Next, FIG. 35 is a flowchart of the normal preparation time control process according to the subroutine of step 2700 in FIG. First, in step 2702, the normal special winning opening control means 1175 refers to the flag area of the special game related information temporary storage means 1194, and determines whether or not the normal winning stand-by flag is off. In the case of Yes in step 2702, in step 2704, the normal special prize opening control means 1175 refers to the flag area of the special game related information temporary storage means 1194, and determines whether or not the normal big prize opening release end flag is on. judge. In the case of Yes in step 2704, in step 2706, the normal big prize opening control means 1175 turns off the normal big prize opening release end flag in the flag area of the special game related information temporary storage means 1194. Next, in step 2708, the normal prize winning opening control means 1175 receives the normal prize waiting time (for example, after closing the normal prize winning opening 2120 in the normal prize waiting timer 1175b, and the game balls existing therein receive the prize). This is the time to wait for detection by the sensor. In this example, 1900 ms) is set and started. Next, in step 2710, the normal special winning opening control means 1175 turns on the normal winning stand-by flag in the flag area of the special game related information temporary storage means 1194. Next, in step 2712, the normal prize winning control means 1175 causes the normal round end timer 1175 c to wait for the round end waiting time (for example, the excitation of the solenoid that drives the normal big prize winning opening 2120 is actually stopped, and then the normal big prize winning is actually performed. It is the total time of the closing time for waiting for the mouth 2120 to be closed and the preparation time for preparing the start of the next round, in this example 140 ms + 60 ms (200 ms). Next, in step 2714, the normal special winning opening control means 1175 turns on the normal round end waiting flag in the flag area of the special game related information temporary storage means 1194, and proceeds to step 2716. Note that if the result is No in step 2702, the process proceeds to step 2716.

  Next, in step 2716, the normal special winning opening control means 1175 refers to the flag area of the special game related information temporary storage means 1194, and determines whether or not the normal round end waiting flag is on. In the case of Yes in step 2716, the normal winning prize control means 1175 refers to the normal round end timer 1175c in step 2718, and whether or not the timer value is 0, in other words, whether or not the round end waiting time has ended. Determine whether. In the case of Yes in step 2718, in step 2720, the normal special winning opening control means 1175 refers to the flag area of the special game related information temporary storage means 1194, and determines whether or not the discharge ball abnormality flag is off. In the case of Yes in step 2720, in step 2722, the normal special winning opening control means 1175 adds 1 to the round number counter 1173 a (increment). In this process, the round counter value is changed from an even number to an odd number, and a round related to the opening / closing of the large prize winning opening 2220 is executed. Next, in step 2724, the normal special winning opening control means 1175 turns off the normal round end waiting flag in the flag area of the special game related information temporary storage means 1194. Next, in step 2726, the normal special prize opening control means 1175 turns on the normal round end waiting completion flag in the flag area of the special game related information temporary storage means 1194, and proceeds to step 2728. Note that if the answer is No in Step 2716, Step 2718, or Step 2720, the process proceeds to Step 2728.

  Next, in Step 2728, the normal special winning opening control means 1175 refers to the flag area of the special game related information temporary storage means 1194, and determines whether or not the normal winning standby flag is ON. In the case of Yes in step 2728, in step 2730, the normal big opening control means 1175 refers to the normal winning stand-by timer 1175b and determines whether or not the timer value is 0, in other words, whether the normal winning stand-by time has ended. Determine whether or not. In the case of Yes in step 2730, in step 2732, the normal special winning opening control unit 1175 turns off the normal winning stand-by flag in the flag area of the special game related information temporary storage unit 1194. Next, in step 2734, the normal special winning opening control means 1175 turns on the normal winning standby time end flag in the flag area of the special game related information temporary storage means 1194, and the next process (process of step 2750). Migrate to In addition, also in the case of No in step 2704, step 2728, or step 2730, the process proceeds to the next process (process in step 2750).

  FIG. 36 is a flowchart of the normal winning control process according to the subroutine of step 2750 in FIG. First, in step 2752, the normal special winning opening control means 1175 refers to the flag area of the special game related information temporary storage means 1194, and determines whether or not the normal control continuation flag is ON. In the case of Yes in step 2752, in step 2756, the normal special winning opening control means 1175 refers to the flag area of the special game related information temporary storage means 1194, and determines whether or not the normal winning standby time end flag is off. To do. In the case of Yes in step 2756, in step 2758, the normal special prize opening control unit 1175 determines whether or not the normal winning detection device 2121 (normal special prize entry ball sensor) has detected the entry of a new game ball. To do. In the case of Yes in step 2758, in step 2760, the normal special winning opening control means 1175 adds 1 to the counter value of the normal winning number counter 1175d. Next, in step 2762, the normal special winning opening control means 1175 sets a prize ball command to the prize ball payout control board 3000 (transmitted to the prize ball payout control board 3000 side by the control command transmission process in step 3200). Then, the process proceeds to the next process (the process of step 2800). Note that if the result is No in step 2752, step 2756, or step 2758, the process proceeds to the next process (the process in step 2800).

  Next, FIG. 37 is a flowchart of normal round control end processing according to the subroutine of step 2800 in FIG. First, in step 2802, the normal special winning opening control means 1175 determines whether or not the normal round end waiting completion flag in the flag area of the special game related information temporary storage means 1194 is ON. In the case of Yes in step 2802, in step 2804, the normal special winning opening control means 1175 refers to the flag area of the special game related information temporary storage means 1194, and determines whether or not the normal winning standby time end flag is on. To do. In the case of Yes in step 2804, in step 2806, the normal special winning opening control means 1175 turns off the normal round end waiting completion flag in the flag area of the special game related information temporary storage means 1194. Next, in Step 2808, the normal special winning opening control means 1175 turns off the normal winning standby time end flag in the flag area of the special game related information temporary storage means 1194. Next, in step 2810, the normal special winning opening control means 1175 stops and resets the normal round timer 1175a. Next, in step 2812, the special game executing means 1173 turns off the normal control continuation flag in the flag area of the special game related information temporary storage means 1194, and proceeds to the next process (process of step 2900). . In the case of No in steps 2802 and 2804, the process proceeds to the next process (the process in step 2900).

  Next, FIG. 38 is a flowchart of the special game end control process according to the subroutine of step 2900 in FIG. First, in step 2902, the special game execution means 1173 refers to the flag area of the special game related information temporary storage means 1194, and determines whether or not the end demo execution flag is on. If Yes in step 2902, the process proceeds to step 2912. On the other hand, in the case of No in step 2902, in step 2904, the special game executing means 1173 refers to the normal round end timer 1175c, and determines whether or not the round end waiting time (200 ms in this example) in the final round has ended. judge. In the present embodiment, the final rounds of special games are all the 16th R, but the present invention is not limited to this, and there is no problem even if the final rounds are different depending on the main game symbol that is a big hit.

  In the case of Yes in step 2904, in step 2906, the special game execution unit 1173 turns on the end demonstration execution flag in the flag area of the special game related information temporary storage unit 1194. Next, in step 2907, the special game execution means 1173 sets an end demonstration display execution command to the sub side (transmitted to the sub main control unit 2320 side in the control command transmission process of step 3200). Next, in step 2908, the special game executing means 1173 sets the end demo execution timer 1173b to an end demo execution time (for example, 3000 ms) and starts it, and then proceeds to step 2912.

  Next, in step 2912, the special game execution means 1173 refers to the end demonstration execution timer 1173b and determines whether or not the timer value is zero. In the case of Yes in step 2912, in step 2914, the special game execution means 1173 refers to the flag area of the special game related information temporary storage means 1194, and determines whether or not the discharge ball abnormality flag is off. In the case of Yes in step 2914, in step 2916, the special game execution means 1173 refers to the flag area of the special game related information temporary storage means 1194, and determines whether or not the end demo extension flag is off. In the case of Yes in step 2916, in step 2918, the special game executing means 1173 sets an end demonstration display completion command to the sub side (transmitted to the sub main control unit 2320 side in the control command transmission process of step 3200). ) Next, in step 2920, the special game execution means 1173 turns off the end demonstration execution flag in the flag area of the special game related information temporary storage means 1194. Next, in step 2922, the special game execution means 1173 turns off the special game execution flag in the flag area of the special game related information temporary storage means 1194. Next, in step 2924, the special game execution means 1173 turns off the condition device operation flag in the flag area of the special game related information temporary storage means 1194. Next, in step 2950, the special game executing means 1173 executes a game state determination process after the end of the special game, which will be described later, and proceeds to the next process (the process of step 3000).

  On the other hand, in the case of No in step 2914, in step 2930, the special game execution unit 1173 refers to the flag area of the special game related information temporary storage unit 1194, and determines whether or not the end demo extension flag is off. In the case of Yes in step 2930, in step 2932, the special game execution means 1173 turns on the end demo extension flag in the flag area of the special game related information temporary storage means 1194, and returns to the caller of this subroutine. On the other hand, also in the case of No in step 2930, the process returns to the caller of this subroutine. If NO in step 2916, in step 2928, the special game execution means 1173 turns off the end demo extension flag in the flag area of the special game related information temporary storage means 1194, and performs the next process (step 3000). The process proceeds to (1). Note that if the answer is No in step 2904 or step 2912, the process proceeds to the next process (the process in step 3000).

  As described above, in this process, when the abnormality of the discharged ball is detected, the end demonstration extension flag is turned on, and the special game end demonstration display is extended until the abnormality of the discharged ball is resolved. Furthermore, when the abnormality of the discharged ball is resolved, the process of step 2918 to step 2950 is performed by performing the process of turning off the end demo extension flag in step 2928, and the abnormality of the discharged ball is resolved. It is configured to execute in the next interrupt processing.

  Next, FIG. 39 is a flowchart of the game state determination processing after the special game according to the subroutine of step 2950 in FIG. First, in step 2952, the specific game control unit 1180 refers to the flag area of the specific game related information temporary storage unit 1195, and determines whether or not the probability variation transfer reservation flag is on. In the case of Yes in step 2952, in step 2954, the specific game control means 1180 turns off the probability change transfer reservation flag in the flag area of the specific game related information temporary storage means 1195. Next, in Step 2955, the specific game control means 1180 sets a predetermined number of times (for example, 70 times) in the probability variation number counter 1181a. Next, in step 2956, the specific game control means 1180 turns on the main game probability change flag in the flag area of the specific game related information temporary storage means 1195, and proceeds to step 2958. On the other hand, also in the case of No in step 2952, the process proceeds to step 2958. As described above, in this embodiment, when a special game 2 is executed and a specific area 2224 is entered, after the special game ends, the probability variation gaming state (probability variation with a limited number of times). However, the present invention is not limited to this, and it may be configured to shift to a probability-variable gaming state that continues until the next jackpot occurs. Further, when the number of continuous transitions to the probability variation gaming state reaches a predetermined number, it may be configured to forcibly transition to the non-probability variation gaming state after the end of the special game after reaching the predetermined number of times.

  Next, in step 2958, the specific game control means 1180 sets a predetermined number of times (for example, 70 times) in the hourly number counter 1181b. Next, in step 2960, the specific game control means 1180 turns on the main game short time flag in the flag area of the specific game related information temporary storage means 1195. Next, in step 2962, the specific game control means 1180 turns on the auxiliary game short time flag in the flag area of the specific game related information temporary storage means 1195, and proceeds to the next process (process of step 3000). As described above, in this embodiment, regardless of whether or not a specific area 2224 is entered during execution of a special game, the game is always shifted to a time-reduced game state with a limited number of times after the special game ends. However, the present invention is not limited to this, and there is no entry into the specific area 2224 during execution of the special game (in other words, after the special game is over, the game does not enter the probability variation game state). ) May be configured not to shift to the time-saving gaming state. In addition, regardless of whether or not transition to the probabilistic variation gaming state, the limited number of time-saving gaming state (main game symbol variation number) is determined (variable) based on the jackpot symbol and gaming state May be.

  Next, control processing executed on the sub-main control unit 2320 side will be described with reference to FIGS. First, FIG. 40 is a main flowchart on the sub control board 2000 side (particularly on the sub main control unit 2320 side) in the pachinko gaming machine according to the present embodiment. Here, the process of FIG. 5A is a process on the sub-board side that is executed after resetting when the gaming machine is powered on. That is, when the power to the gaming machine is turned on, the process proceeds to a loop process that repeatedly executes step 6000 which is a repetitive process routine of the sub main control unit 2320. Here, when step 6000 is executed, as shown in the process of FIG. 6B, first, in step 6002, the effect display control means 2320 sends an error notification command and a discharge ball abnormality command from the main side. If received, error notification is executed until the error is recovered. Next, in step 6100, the effect display control means 2320 executes a hold information management process described later. Next, in step 6200, the effect display control means 2320 executes a decoration symbol display content determination process described later. Next, in step 6300, the effect display control means 2320 executes a decorative symbol display control process described later. Next, in step 6400, the effect display control means 2320 executes a special game display control process to be described later. Next, in step 6700, the effect display control means 2320 executes a display command transmission control process (transmits the command set in each process described above to the sub-sub control unit side), and ends the repetition process routine.

  As described above, the sub-main control unit adopts a form in which the sub-main routine (S6000 to S6700) is loop-processed after reset. Also, the process of FIG. 5C is an interrupt process of the sub main control unit 2320, and the signal from the STB signal line of the main control device 1000 described above is sent to one terminal (in this example) of the CPU of the sub main control unit 2320. , NMI terminal) is a processing flow (step 5700). That is, when an NMI interrupt occurs in the CPU of the sub-main control unit 2320 (when the STB signal line is turned on), in step 5800, the sub-main control unit 2320 causes the command input port (from the main controller 1000 side) Check the data signal line input port). In step 5900, based on the confirmation result, the sub main control unit 2320 is transmitted from the main control device 1000 side to the RAM on the sub main control unit 2320 side (main side information temporary storage unit 2321a in this example). The command is temporarily stored, and the process that was being executed immediately before this interrupt process is restored.

  Next, FIG. 41 is a flowchart of the hold information management process according to the subroutine of step 6100 in FIG. First, in step 6102, the drawing hold information display control means 2323 refers to the main side information temporary storage means 2321a, and receives a new hold occurrence command (first main game symbol or second main game symbol) from the main controller 1000 side. It is determined whether or not the hold information relating to (1) has been received. In the case of Yes in step 6102, in step 6104, the drawing hold information display control means 2323 displays a drawing hold counter in the drawing hold information temporary storage means 2323 a (in this example, a maximum of four for the first main game, Add “1” to the maximum number of second main games. Next, in step 6106, the drawing hold information display control unit 2323 displays the hold information (particularly, a random value related to the main game symbol lottery) based on the hold occurrence command transmitted from the main controller 1000 side. The information is temporarily stored in the hold information temporary storage unit 2323a, and the process proceeds to Step 6116. On the other hand, if No in step 6102, has the drawing hold information display control means 2323 received the symbol variation display start instruction command from the main controller 1000 side with reference to the main information temporary storage means 2321 a in step 6108? Determine whether or not. If Yes in step 6108, in step 6110, the drawing hold information display control means 2323 subtracts “1” from the drawing hold counter in the drawing hold information temporary storage means 2323a. Next, in step 6112, the drawing hold information display control unit 2323 deletes the holding information related to the symbol variation from the drawing holding information temporary storage unit 2323a and shifts the remaining holding information. Next, in step 6114, the effect display control means 2320 accesses the flag area of the drawing display related information temporary storage means 2322c, turns on the symbol content determination permission flag, and proceeds to step 6116. Next, in step 6116, the drawing hold information display control means 2323 makes full use of the sub-sub control unit 2310 (effect display means 2310) on the effect display device 2140 (in particular, the first hold display unit 2312a and the second hold display). In the unit 2312b), the same number of hold display lamps as the drawing hold counter value in the drawing hold information temporary storage means 2323a are lit and displayed, and the process proceeds to the next process (step 6200). In the case of No in step 6108, the process proceeds to step 6116.

  Next, FIG. 42 is a flowchart of the decorative symbol display content determination process according to the subroutine of step 6200 in FIG. First, in step 6202, the drawing display content determination unit 2322a refers to the flag area of the drawing display related information temporary storage unit 2322c and determines whether or not the symbol content determination permission flag is on. If Yes in step 6202, in step 6204, the drawing display content determination unit 2322a turns off the symbol content determination permission flag in the flag area of the drawing display related information temporary storage unit 2322c. Next, in step 6206, the figure display content determination means 2322a determines the symbol information temporarily stored in the main-side information temporary storage means 2321a (stopped symbols / variation modes related to the main game symbol) and the figure change content determination. With reference to the lottery table 2322a-1, the stop symbol and the variation mode of the decorative symbol are determined and temporarily stored in the equipment display related information temporary storage unit 2322c. Here, the stop symbol of the decorative symbol is a big hit (4A, 3A, 5A, 7A, 5B, 7B, 9B in this example), so that three symbols are aligned, and in the case of a loss, three symbols are aligned. It will not be.

  Next, in step 6208, the drawing display content determination unit 2322a turns on the symbol content determination flag in the drawing display related information temporary storage unit 2322c, and proceeds to the next processing (processing in step 6300). Even in the case of No in step 6202, the processing shifts to the next processing (processing in step 6300).

  Next, FIG. 43 is a flowchart of the decorative symbol display control process according to the subroutine of step 6300 in FIG. First, in step 6302, the decorative symbol display control unit 2322 determines whether or not the symbol content determination flag in the drawing display related information temporary storage unit 2322c is on. In the case of Yes in step 6302, in step 6304, the decorative symbol display control unit 2322 turns off the symbol content determination flag in the drawing display related information temporary storage unit 2322c. Next, in step 6306, the decorative symbol display control unit 2322 turns on the symbol changing flag in the drawing display related information temporary storage unit 2322c. Next, in step 6309, the decorative symbol display control means 2322 starts the drawing variation time management timer 2322d, and proceeds to step 6310. Note that the process moves to step 6310 also in the case of No in step 6302.

  Next, in step 6310, the decorative symbol display control unit 2322 determines whether or not the symbol changing flag in the drawing display related information temporary storage unit 2322c is on. In the case of Yes in step 6310, in step 6312, the decorative symbol display control unit 2322 changes the decorative symbol based on the variation mode temporarily stored in the drawing variation time management timer 2322d and the drawing display related information temporary storage unit 2322c. It is determined whether or not the start timing has been reached. If YES in step 6312, the decorative symbol display control means 2322 sets a decorative symbol variation display command in step 6314, and the process proceeds to step 6330. On the other hand, in the case of No in step 6312, in step 6316, the decorative symbol display control unit 2322 is based on the variation pattern temporarily stored in the drawing variation time management timer 2322d and the drawing display related information temporary storage unit 2322c. It is determined whether or not the stop display timing (temporary stop display timing) has been reached. In the case of Yes in step 6316, in step 6318, the decorative symbol display control means 2322 sets a decorative symbol stop display command (temporary stop display command), and proceeds to step 6330. On the other hand, in the case of No in step 6316, in step 6320, the decorative symbol display control unit 2322 displays the preview image based on the variation mode temporarily stored in the drawing variation time management timer 2322d and the drawing display related information temporary storage unit 2322c. Whether or not the display timing of the reach image has been reached. If Yes in step 6320, the decorative symbol display control unit 2322 sets an image display command related to the notice image or reach image in step 6322, and the process proceeds to step 6330. In the case of No in step 6320, the process proceeds to step 6330.

  Next, in step 6330, the decorative symbol display control means 2322 determines whether or not the main game symbol is stopped and displayed (for example, referring to the main side information temporary storage means 2321a, the main control device 1000 side starts the main game. It is determined whether or not information indicating that the symbol is stopped and displayed has been received). In the case of Yes in step 6330, in step 6332, the decorative symbol display control means 2322 sets a decorative symbol stop display command (determined display command). Next, in step 6334, the decorative symbol display control means 2322 stops and resets (zero clears) the drawing variation time management timer 2322d. Next, in step 6340, the decorative symbol display control unit 2322 turns off the symbol changing flag in the drawing display related information temporary storage unit 2322c, and proceeds to the next processing (processing of step 6400). In addition, also when it is No in step 6310 or step 6330, it transfers to the following process (process of step 6400).

  Next, FIG. 44 is a flowchart of the special game display control processing according to the subroutine of step 6400 in FIG. First, in step 6402, the effect display control means 2320 refers to the flag area of the effect general information temporary storage means 2324, and determines whether or not the special gaming flag is off. In the case of Yes in Step 6402, in Step 6404, the effect display control means 2320 refers to the main side information temporary storage means 2321a and determines whether or not a special game start display instruction command has been received from the main side. In the case of Yes in step 6404, in step 6406 and step 6408, the effect display control means 2320 turns on the special gaming flag in the flag area of the effect general information temporary storage means 2324 and issues a command related to the big hit start display. Set (appropriate display is performed based on the type of jackpot on the effect display device 2140), and the process proceeds to step 6500. Note that the process moves to step 6500 also in the case of No in step 6402 or step 6404.

  Next, in step 6500, the effect display control means 2320 executes a special game effect executing process described later. Next, in step 6600, the effect display control means 2320 executes a special game end effect execution process described later, and proceeds to the next process (the process of step 6700).

  Next, FIG. 45 is a flowchart of the special game effect execution process according to the subroutine of step 6500 in FIG. First, in step 6502, the effect display control means 2320 refers to the flag area of the effect general information temporary storage means 2324 and determines whether or not the initial background image determined flag is off. In the case of Yes in step 6502, in step 6504, the effect display control means 2320 refers to the main side information temporary storage means 2321a and determines whether or not a long release confirmation command has been received from the main side. In the case of Yes in Step 6504, in Step 6506, the effect display control means 2320 displays the high profit non-notification image as the background image during special gaming (the gaming state after the special game being executed becomes the probability variation gaming state or the probability variation. Whether or not the game state is likely to occur is set as a background image that the player cannot recognize or difficult), and the process proceeds to step 6512. On the other hand, in the case of No in Step 6504, in Step 6508, the effect display control means 2320 turns on the long release confirmed effect execution flag in the flag area of the effect general information temporary storage means 2324. Next, in step 6510, the effect display control means 2320 is likely to become a high profit notified image as a background image during a special game (the game state after the special game being executed becomes a probability variation game state or a probability variation game state). The background image recognizable by the player is set), and the process proceeds to step 6512. Next, in step 6512, the effect display control means 2320 turns on the initial background image determined flag in the flag area of the effect general information temporary storage means 2324, and proceeds to step 6514. Note that the process moves to step 6514 also in the case of No in step 6502.

  Next, in step 6514, the effect display control means 2320 refers to the main side information temporary storage means 2321a and determines whether or not a high profit redisplay command has been received from the main side. In the case of Yes in step 6514, in step 6516, the effect display control means 2320 determines that the game ball has already entered the specific area 2224, and sets the high profit notified image as the special game background image. Move to 6518. On the other hand, also in the case of No in step 6514, the process proceeds to step 6518.

  Next, in step 6518, the effect display control means 2320 refers to the flag area of the effect general information temporary storage means 2324 and determines whether or not the long release confirmed effect execution flag is off. In the case of Yes in step 6518, in step 6520, the effect display control means 2320 sequentially displays the number of winning prizes on the effect display device 2140 based on the game information transmitted sequentially. Next, in step 6522, the effect display control means 2320 refers to the main side information temporary storage means 2321a and determines whether or not a specific area winning effect execution command has been received from the main side. In the case of Yes in step 6522, in step 6524, the effect display control means 2320 refers to the flag area of the effect general information temporary storage means 2324 and determines whether or not the specific area entry flag is off. In the case of Yes in step 6524, in step 6528, the effect display control means 2320 turns on the specific area entry flag in the flag area of the effect general information temporary storage means 2324. Next, in step 6530, the effect display control means 2320 gives a specific area entry effect (effect that informs the player that a game ball has entered the specific area) on the effect display device 2140 for a predetermined time (for example, (3 seconds) After execution, the high profit notified image is set as the background image during special game, and the process proceeds to Step 6538. Note that the process moves to step 6538 also in the case of No in step 6522 or step 6524.

  On the other hand, in the case of No in step 6518, in step 6532, the effect display control means 2320 sequentially displays the number of winnings and the number of rounds on the effect display device 2140 based on the sequentially transmitted game information. Next, in step 6534, the effect display control means 2320 refers to the main side information temporary storage means 2321a and determines whether or not a specific area winning effect execution command has been received from the main side. In the case of Yes in step 6534, the effect display control means 2320 turns on the specific area entry flag in the flag area of the effect general information temporary storage means 2324, and proceeds to step 6538. On the other hand, also in the case of No in step 6534, the process proceeds to step 6538.

  Next, in step 6538, the effect display control means 2320 displays the currently set special game background image on the effect display device 2140, and proceeds to the next process (process of step 6600).

  Note that the processing from step 6520 to step 6530 in the same figure is processing for special effects during special games related to long open unconfirmed symbols (in this example, big hit symbols other than 7A and 7B). In this process, a high profit is obtained as a special game background image at the start of a special game so that the player cannot recognize whether or not an open mode in which the distribution prize winning opening 2220 is long open is executed during the special game. An unreported image is set, and when an open mode in which the large allocation winning opening 2220 is long open is executed during the special game, a specific area winning effect is executed by entering a game ball into the specific area 2224. At the same time, it is configured to set the high profit notified image as the background image during special game. On the other hand, the processing of Steps 6532 to 6536 is processing of special effects during special games at the time of a special game related to the long release confirmed symbols (in this example, 7A and 7B jackpot symbols). In this process, in order to make it possible for the player to recognize that an open mode in which the distribution big prize opening 2220 is long open is executed during the special game, a high profit notification is provided as a special game background image at the start of the special game. A finished image is set. Note that, in the process related to the long release confirmed symbol, the player recognizes that an open mode in which the distribution large winning opening 2220 is long open during the special game is executed, and therefore the specific area winning effect is executed. However, the present invention is not limited to this, and a specific area entry effect may be executed in any special game related to any jackpot symbol.

  Here, the upper right of the figure is a specific region winning effect image diagram. As described above, in the special game, the number of game balls entering the current big prize opening (the distribution big prize opening or the normal big prize opening) is sequentially displayed on the effect display device 2140. A high profit non-notification image is displayed. Next, when a game ball enters the specific area 2224 during the special game and receives a specific area winning effect execution command from the main side, an effect display is shown as shown in the second and third stages from the top in the same image diagram. The specific area winning effect is executed on the device 2140 for a predetermined time (for example, 3 seconds). Thereafter, the high profit notified image is set and displayed as the background image during the special game. In addition, it is desirable that the specific area winning effect is executed so as not to overlap with the display of the number of game balls received at the winning a prize opening (the distribution winning prize opening or the normal winning award opening). Not. For example, the specific area winning effect is an effect using a light guide plate, and the display of the effect is executed in a transparent color. Even if the display of the number of entered game balls and the specific area winning effect are displayed overlapping each other, it may be configured such that all effects and displays can be visually recognized. In this example, when a power interruption occurs after execution of the specific area winning effect, a high profit redisplay command is received from the main side when returning from the power interruption, and the high profit notification image is displayed again. (I.e., by redisplaying the high profit notified image without redisplaying the specific area winning effect, it is possible to return the player without a sense of incongruity on the display. However, the present invention is not limited to this, and the high profit informed image may be redisplayed after redisplaying the specific area winning effect.

  Next, FIG. 46 is a flowchart of special game end effect execution processing according to the subroutine of step 6600 in FIG. First, in step 6602, the effect display control means 2320 refers to the main side information temporary storage means 2321a and determines whether or not an end demo display execution command has been received from the main side. In the case of Yes in step 6602, in step 6604, the effect display control means 2320 refers to the flag area of the effect general information temporary storage means 2324, and determines whether or not the specific area entry flag is on. In the case of Yes in Step 6604, in Step 6606, the effect display control means 2320 sets a command related to the probability change transition end demonstration display (performs the probability change transition end demonstration display on the effect display device 2140), and proceeds to Step 6610. . On the other hand, in the case of No in step 6604, in step 6608, the effect display control means 2320 sets a command related to the normal transition end demo display (performs the normal transition end demo display on the effect display device 2140), and the process proceeds to step 6610. Transition. Note that the process moves to step 6610 also in the case of No in step 6602. Here, the probability transition end demonstration display is a special game end demonstration display that informs the player that the game will shift to the probability variation gaming state after the end of the special game being executed, and the normal transition end demonstration display is It is a special game end demonstration display for notifying the player that the normal game state is to be transitioned to after the special game ends.

  Next, in step 6610, the effect display control means 2320 refers to the main-side information temporary storage means 2321a, and has received an end demo display completion command (a command for deleting the special game end demo display) from the main side. Determine. In the case of Yes in Step 6610, in Step 6612, the effect display control means 2320 deletes the displayed special game end demonstration display. Next, in step 6614, the effect display control means 2320 turns off the long release confirmed effect execution flag in the flag area of the effect general information temporary storage means 2324. Next, in step 6616, the effect display control means 2320 turns off the specific area entry flag in the flag area of the effect general information temporary storage means 2324. Next, in step 6618, the effect display control means 2320 turns off the initial background image determined flag in the flag area of the effect general information temporary storage means 2324. Next, in step 6620, the effect display control means 2320 turns off the special gaming flag in the flag area of the effect general information temporary storage means 2324, and proceeds to the next process (process of step 6700). On the other hand, in the case of No in step 6610, the processing proceeds to the next processing (processing in step 6700) without executing the processing in steps 6612 to 6620.

  Here, the lower right part of the figure is a special game end demonstration display image diagram. As described above, in the special game, the number of game balls entering the current big prize opening (the distribution big prize opening or the normal big prize opening) is sequentially displayed on the effect display device 2140. When the end demonstration display execution command is received from the main side, as shown in the lower part of the same image diagram, the on / off state of the specific area in-game flag is entered (the game ball has entered the specific area in the special game being executed) Depending on whether or not there is a special game end demonstration display on the effect display device 2140. In this example, when the specific region entry completed flag is on, as a special game end demonstration display, a display notifying that the game state after the end and the special game is a probability variation game state (for example, “Congratulations! And a display (for example, “GET2000!”) For notifying the game ball acquired by the player in the special game being executed. On the other hand, when the specific area entry flag is off, a special game end demo display is displayed as an indication that the game state after the end and special game is the normal game state (for example, “END...”). Display) and a display (for example, “GET400!”) For notifying the game ball acquired by the player in the special game being executed. Note that this display is merely an example, and any display can be performed without any problem.

≪Action≫
Next, the effect | action in this embodiment is demonstrated, referring FIGS. 47-48. 47 and 48, description will be given focusing on “a plurality of rounds” in “a certain special game” including a unit game of long open B. Specifically, description will be made by taking the ninth to tenth rounds of a special game (in this example, a special game related to the 7A symbol) as an example. Here, in the case of this example, in the ninth round of the special game, the distribution prize winning opening 2220 operates in the order of “29000 ms open / close” (long open B), and the shielding member 2224 a is “52 ms open / closed”. 2600 ms closed, 31400 ms opened, 2000 ms closed, 52 ms opened, closed (* If a discharge error is not detected after 4000 ms has passed after closing the sorting prize opening, the operation is stopped and closed). In this example, before the opening period of the special prize opening (the normal big prize opening 2120 or the distribution big prize opening 2220) in the special game is over, the big prize opening (the normal big prize opening 2120 or the distribution) When a predetermined number (for example, 10) of game balls have entered the big prize opening 2220), the current round ends, and the big prize opening (the normal big prize opening 2120 or the distribution big prize) The mouth 2220) is configured to close.

(In the case of long open B / when the discharge ball abnormality is not detected)
First, FIG. 47 is a timing chart showing the operation contents when the discharge ball abnormality is not detected in the case where the open mode of the large allocation winning opening 2220 is long open B according to the present embodiment.

  First, at the timing of 1 in the figure (the start timing of the 9th round of the special game), since the 9th round is an odd-numbered round, the distribution large winning opening 2220 and the shielding member 2224a in the distribution large winning opening 2220 are opened. (52 ms open) is executed. In addition, at the timing, the effective period of the allocation large winning opening 2220 and the specific area 2224, the detection period of the discharged ball, and the monitoring of the vibration sensor are started.

  Next, at the timing of 2 in the figure, the distribution large winning opening 2220 and the shielding member 2224a are closed (2600 ms closed) when 52 ms has elapsed since the opening of the distribution large winning opening 2220 and the shielding member 2224a. .

  Next, at the timing of 3 in the figure, the distribution large prize opening 2220 and the shielding member 2224a are opened when 2600 ms have elapsed since the closing of the distribution large prize opening 2220 and the shielding member 2224a (the distribution large prize opening) 2220 is opened for 29000 ms, and the shielding member 2224a is opened for 31400 ms).

  Next, at the timing of 4 in the figure, the distribution prize winning port 2220 is closed when 29000 ms has elapsed since the opening of the distribution prize winning port 2220.

  Next, at the timing of 5 in the figure, the 10th round is triggered by the fact that 200 ms, which is the round end waiting time (the time combining the closing time and the preparation time), has passed since the closing of the allocation prize winning port 2220. At the same time, since the tenth round is an even-numbered round, the normal winning opening 2120 is opened (29000 ms open). Each round period is configured in the order of opening, closing, and preparation.

  Next, at the timing of 6 in the figure, the validity period of the allocation prize winning port 2220 and the validity period of the specific area 2224 are terminated when 3000 ms has elapsed since the closing of the allocation prize winning port 2220.

  Next, at the timing of 7 in the figure, since the abnormality of the discharge ball is not detected, the driving of the shielding member 2224a is forcibly ended, and the discharge ball detection period and the monitoring of the vibration sensor 500 are also ended.

  Next, at the timing of 8 in the figure, the normal prize winning opening 2120 is closed when 29000 ms has elapsed since the opening of the normal prize winning opening 2120.

  Next, at the timing of 9 in the figure, the 10th round is finished, the 11th round is started, and since the 11th round is an odd number round, the distribution winning prize opening 2220 is opened (52 ms open). It will be. In addition, when the eleventh round is started, the shielding member 2224a is opened (52 ms open), the effective period of the sorting prize winning port 2220, the effective period of the specific area 2224, the detection period of the discharged ball, and the vibration Monitoring of the sensor 500 is started.

(Long open B / Discharge ball abnormality detection)
Next, FIG. 48 is a timing chart showing the operation contents when the discharge ball abnormality is detected in the case where the open mode of the large allocation winning opening 2220 is long open B according to the present embodiment.

  First, at the timing of 1 in the figure (the start timing of the ninth round of the special game), since the ninth round is an odd-numbered round, the distribution big prize opening 2220 is released (29000 ms open) and the distribution big prize winning opening 2220. The inner shielding member 2224a is opened (52 ms is opened). In addition, at this timing, the effective period between the distribution prize winning opening 2220 and the specific area 2224 and the discharge ball detection period are started.

  Next, at the timing of 2 in the figure, the shield member 2224a is closed (closed at 2600 ms) when 52 ms has elapsed since the opening of the large allocation winning opening 2220 and the shield member 2224a.

  Next, at the timing of 3 in the figure, the opening of the shielding member 2224a is triggered by the passage of 2600 ms since the closing of the shielding member 2224a (the distribution prize winning opening 2220 is opened for 29000 ms, and the shielding member 2224a is opened for 31400 ms). To do.

  Next, at the timing of 4 in the figure, the distribution prize winning port 2220 is closed when 29000 ms has elapsed since the opening of the distribution prize winning port 2220.

  Next, at the timing of 5 in the figure, the 10th round is triggered by the fact that 200 ms, which is the round end waiting time (the time combining the closing time and the preparation time), has passed since the closing of the allocation prize winning port 2220. At the same time, since the tenth round is an even-numbered round, the normal winning opening 2120 is opened (29000 ms open). Each round period is configured in the order of opening, closing, and preparation.

  Next, at the timing of 6 in the figure, the validity period of the allocation prize winning port 2220 and the validity period of the specific area 2224 are terminated when 3000 ms has elapsed since the closing of the allocation prize winning port 2220.

  Next, at the timing of 7 in the figure, the discharge confirmation (confirmation of whether the number of winning balls and the number of discharged balls is consistent) is executed, and since the abnormality of the discharged balls is detected, the driving of the shielding member 2224a and the discharged balls The detection period and monitoring of the vibration sensor 500 will continue. Next, at the timing of 8 in the figure, the shielding member 2224a is closed (2000 ms closing) when 34052 ms has elapsed since the opening of the shielding member 2224a.

  Next, at the timing of 9 in the figure, the shielding member 2224a is opened when there is a discharge ball abnormality and 2000 ms has passed since the shielding member 2224a was closed. Next, at the timing of 10 in the figure, the shielding member 2224a is closed when there is a discharge ball abnormality and 52 ms has elapsed since the opening of the shielding member 2224a.

  Next, at the timing of 11 in the figure, the normal prize opening 2120 is closed when 29000 ms has elapsed since the opening of the normal prize opening 2120. Note that the eleventh round, which is the next round, is not started because the discharge ball abnormality has not been resolved at this timing.

  Next, at the timing of 12 in the figure, since the discharge ball abnormality has been resolved, the discharge ball detection period and the monitoring of the vibration sensor 500 are finished, and the preparation time until the start of the next round of 4 ms (1 interrupt) is started. Next, at the timing of 13 in the figure, the 10th round is ended when 4 ms (1 interrupt) has elapsed since the elimination of the discharge ball abnormality, the 11th round is started, and the 11th round is an odd round. For this reason, the distribution prize winning opening 2220 is opened (52 ms open). In addition, when the eleventh round is started, the shielding member 2224a is opened (52 ms open), the effective period of the sorting prize winning port 2220, the effective period of the specific area 2224, the detection period of the discharged ball, and the vibration Monitoring of the sensor 500 is started.

  As described above, in the pachinko gaming machine according to the present embodiment, monitoring of the vibration sensor 500 continues until the discharge waiting time even when the effective period of the allocation prize winning port 2220 and the effective period of the specific area 2224 are ended. And when discharge ball | bowl abnormality is detected, it is comprised so that the monitoring of the vibration sensor 500 may continue until the said discharge ball | bowl abnormality is eliminated. With this configuration, when a discharge ball abnormality is detected and a vibration error is detected simultaneously with the discharge ball abnormality, the cause of the discharge ball abnormality is chattering due to vibration (vibration is added). In other words, the distribution winning detection device 2221 or the discharge ball detection device 2224-2 detects the passage of a plurality of balls in spite of the passage of one ball). If a vibration error is not detected at the same time as the discharge ball abnormality, it can be assumed that the cause of the discharge ball abnormality is clogging (the game ball is parked in the sorting prize winning port 2220). Thus, the cause of the error can be determined in detail.

  Note that the gaming machine according to the present embodiment may be provided with a sub input button. In such a configuration, it is desirable that an effect that prompts the player to press the sub input button is not executed as an effect in the round in which the shielding member 2224a is opened during the special game. With such a configuration, it is possible to prevent the vibration sensor 500 from detecting, as a vibration error, the depression of the sub input button executed by the player in accordance with the effect that prompts the user to press the sub input button. .

  Further, in the gaming machine according to the present embodiment, the error notification is executed when a vibration error is detected, but the present invention is not limited to this, and the game may be interrupted together with the error notification. The processing may be executed only when a predetermined vibration error (for example, an error such as a strong impact detected or a long-time vibration detected) is detected.

  In the present embodiment, the distribution prize winning opening and the normal prize winning opening are controlled independently of each other. The winning opening is configured to be executed, and the effect of facilitating smooth progress of the game is achieved.

  Moreover, in this embodiment, it is comprised so that the entrance of the game ball | bowl to a specific area | region may be detected in all the rounds which concern on opening / closing of the big prize winning opening in a special game. As a result, the same processing can be reused regardless of whether or not game balls have already entered the specific area, and the program capacity can be reduced.

  Further, in the present embodiment, various information commands (particularly, a high profit redisplay command) are transmitted to the sub side when returning from a power failure. As a result, even if a power failure occurs after a game ball enters a specific area during a special game, an effect similar to the effect performed before the power failure can be started. It is possible to prevent the production before and after the interruption from occurring and causing the production to lose the profit for the player.

  Further, in the present embodiment, during the special game, it is configured to open the distribution prize winning opening and the normal prize winning opening alternately, so the distribution prize winning opening is opened in a long open manner. The number of rounds that will give players a sense of expectation that they will be given the opportunity to transition to a probability-variable gaming state, and the design of the gaming machine, such as which rounds will open the big prize winning opening The variation of this can be increased, and the interest property of a game can be improved. In addition, it is not limited to this example and you may set arbitrarily which round is set as the round in which the opening aspect of a distribution big prize opening becomes long open. Further, in this embodiment, the round related to the opening / closing of the distribution winning award is an odd number round and the round related to the opening / closing of the normal winning award is an even number round. The rounds related to opening and closing may be odd-numbered rounds, the rounds related to opening and closing of the sorting prize winning opening may be even-numbered rounds, and the distribution winning prize opening and the regular winning prize opening may not be configured to be alternately opened ( The rounds related to the opening and closing of one big prize opening may be continuous).

  Further, in the present embodiment, in the round related to the opening and closing of the sorting prize winning opening, even after the opening of the sorting prize winning opening is completed, there is a period in which the shielding member is opened, Even if a game ball has entered just before the end of the opening of the allocation big prize opening, it can enter the specific area, so it is more reliable when the distribution big prize opening is opened in the long opening mode. Thus, it is possible to provide a user-friendly gaming machine that allows a game ball to enter a specific area.

  Moreover, in this embodiment, when the end demo time of the special game has elapsed, if it is during the discharge waiting time, the end demo will not end (the main game symbol variation cannot be started). Even when a discharge ball abnormality occurs in the final round of the special game, the period for executing the error notification can be secured.

(Modification 1 from this embodiment)
In the present embodiment, the vibration error is monitored after the power is turned on, during the special game, and during the round execution related to the distribution prize winning port 2220. It is not limited. Therefore, a configuration that is a vibration error monitoring mode different from that of the present embodiment is referred to as a first modified example from the present embodiment, and only changes from the present embodiment will be described in detail below.

  First, FIG. 49 is a main flowchart showing a flow of general processing performed by the main controller 1000 according to the first modification from the present embodiment. The change from this embodiment is Step 4016-1 (Variation 1), that is, after resetting (zero-clearing) the distribution winning prize counter value and the discharge number counter value at Step 4015, Step 4016-1 (Variation 1). 1), the main controller 1000 cancels the stop of the driving of the electric accessory 2112, the normal prize winning opening 2120 and the distribution big prize winning opening 2220, and the fluctuation and display of the main game symbol and the auxiliary game symbol, The state immediately before the error is restored, and the process proceeds to step 4018.

  Next, FIG. 50 is a flowchart of the vibration sensor monitoring process according to the subroutine of step 1050 in FIG. 49 in the first modification from the present embodiment. The changes from the present embodiment are Step 1069 (Modification 1) and Step 1073-1 (Modification 1) to Step 1073-3 (Modification 1), that is, vibration that causes the vibration sensor 500 to become an error in Step 1068. When the detection is in progress, in Step 1069 (Variation 1), the vibration sensor monitoring means 1065 refers to the flag area of the vibration sensor monitoring related information temporary storage means 1065a, and the specific area entry detection flag (the specific area 2224 has a game). It is determined whether or not a flag (which can be turned on when a ball enters) is on. In the case of Yes in Step 1069 (Modification 1), the process proceeds to Step 1070.

  In step 1072, after setting a signal related to the vibration error to the external terminal board, in step 1073-1 (variant 1), the vibration sensor monitoring means 1065 refers to the auxiliary game symbol information temporary storage means 1193b, and It is determined whether or not the game symbol is changing. In the case of Yes in Step 1073-1 (Modification 1), in Step 1073-3 (Modification 1), the vibration sensor monitoring means 1065 forcibly stops the change in the symbol of the auxiliary game symbol that is currently changing. When the vibration error is detected, the special game is executed and the main game symbol is not changed. Therefore, the change of the main game symbol cannot be forcibly stopped due to the vibration detection. {Because of such a configuration, only the change of the auxiliary game symbol is forcibly stopped at Step 1073-2 (Modification 1) or the like}. In addition, in the modified example from the present embodiment, the configuration is such that the auxiliary game symbol variation is forcibly stopped due to losing when the game sensor 500 detects a vibration and the game ball enters the specific area. However, the measures for assisting game symbol variation are not limited to this, and if the assisting game symbol variation is a symbol variation related to a loss, the assisting game symbol variation is forcibly stopped by losing the assist game symbol variation. If the game symbol variation is a symbol variation related to the winning, the auxiliary gaming symbol variation is forcibly stopped once, and after the vibration error is released, the auxiliary game symbol attributed to the fact that the auxiliary gaming symbol variation is the winning combination 2112 may be configured to be performed. Next, in Step 1073-3 (Variation 1), the vibration sensor monitoring means 1065 drives the electric accessory 2112, the normal prize winning port 2120, and the distribution big prize winning port 2220, and changes in the main game symbol and the auxiliary game symbol. And the display is stopped, and the release from the vibration error is waited. Note that if the answer is No in step 1066, step 1068, or step 1069 (change 1), the process proceeds to the next process (process in step 1100). In the first modification from the present embodiment, it is configured not to forcibly stop the fluctuation of the main game symbol when a vibration error occurs. However, the present invention is not limited to this, and a vibration error occurs not only during execution of a special game. If a vibration error occurs in a situation where the main game symbol is changing, the change of the main game symbol may be forcibly stopped (for example, forced stop by loss) Good.

  Next, FIG. 51 is a flowchart of the distribution winning control process according to the subroutine of step 2400 in FIG. 25 in the first modification from the present embodiment. The change from this embodiment is Step 2412-1 (Variation 1), that is, after setting the specific area entry effect execution command to the sub side at Step 2412, Step 2412-1 (Variation 1), The large allocation winning opening control means 1174 turns on the specific area entry detection flag in the flag area of the vibration sensor monitoring related information temporary storage means 1065a, and proceeds to Step 2413.

  Next, FIG. 52 is a flowchart of discharge ball abnormality detection processing according to the subroutine of step 2450 in FIG. 25 in the first modification from the present embodiment. The change from the present embodiment is that the processing of step 2461 is deleted. With this configuration, the gaming machine according to the first modification from the present embodiment constantly monitors vibration errors. Become.

  Next, FIG. 53 is a flowchart of the special game end control process according to the subroutine of step 2900 in FIG. 23 in the first modification from the present embodiment. The change from this embodiment is Step 2925 (Modification 1), that is, after turning off the condition device operation flag in Step 2924, the special game control means 1170 is a vibration sensor in Step 2925 (Modification 1). The specific area entry detection flag in the flag area of the monitoring related information temporary storage unit 1065a is turned off, and the process proceeds to step 2950.

  Next, FIG. 54 is a main flowchart on the sub control board 2000 side (particularly on the sub main control unit 2320 side) in the first modification from the present embodiment. The changes from the present embodiment are step 6001 (modified 1) and step 6002 (modified 1), that is, in step 6001 (modified 1), the sub-control board 2000 displays all LEDs such as a gaming machine frame. The lighting mode is executed in the normal lighting mode (lighting mode when no error has occurred), and the sound effect is executed in the normal sound mode (sound mode when no error has occurred). Next, in Step 6002 (Variant 1), when the sub control board 2000 receives the error notification command and the discharge ball abnormality command from the main side, the LED ( Execute the lighting mode of the error mode (including all LEDs such as the gaming machine frame) in the lighting mode at the time of error (it is a lighting mode when an error has occurred and may vary depending on the type of error that has occurred) The sound is executed in a sound mode at the time of error (this is a sound mode when an error has occurred and may differ depending on the type of error that has occurred), and the process proceeds to step 6100.

  With the configuration as described above, in the gaming machine according to the first modification from the present embodiment, when abnormal vibration is detected during execution of the special game and a game ball enters the specific area 2224 By configuring the game to stop and notify the error as a vibration error, vibration of an appropriate strength that can occur in a game progressing state (for example, vibration generated by pressing a sub input button) ) Does not cause an error, but an error is generated when an abnormal entry occurs in the specific area 2224 that greatly affects the progress of the game and the game play rate. Will be able to.

(Modification 2 from this embodiment)
Although the configuration which is a vibration error monitoring mode different from the present embodiment in the modification example 1 of the present embodiment has been described in detail, the configuration of the present embodiment is different from the vibration error monitoring mode from the first modification example from the present embodiment. , Can create a similar effect. Accordingly, a configuration that is a vibration error monitoring mode different from that of the present embodiment is referred to as a second modification from the present embodiment, and only changes from the present embodiment will be described in detail below.

  First, FIG. 55 is a flowchart of the vibration sensor monitoring process according to the subroutine of Step 1050 (Modification 2) in FIG. 13 in Modification 2 from the present embodiment. First, in step 1082, the vibration sensor monitoring means 1065 refers to the special game related information temporary storage means 1194, and is currently executing a special game and the round winning prize opening 2220 is opened (in this example, , Odd round) is determined. In the case of Yes in Step 1082, in Step 1083, the vibration sensor monitoring unit 1065 refers to the signal output from the vibration sensor 500 and determines whether or not the vibration sensor 500 has detected a vibration that causes a vibration error. To do. The vibration sensor 500 is a vibration error even when the vibration sensor 500 is broken, such as a disconnection (a wire is cut), a short circuit (a wire connecting the connector 508 and the pachinko game machine is in contact with another wire, etc.). (Vibration error is detected). In the case of Yes in Step 1083, in Step 1084, the vibration sensor monitoring means 1065 sets the command related to the first vibration error in the command transmission buffer 1301 for transmitting to the sub-main control unit 2320 (control command in Step 3200). Is transmitted to the sub-main control unit 2320 side by the transmission process), and the process proceeds to the next process (the process of step 1100).

  On the other hand, in the case of No in step 1082, in step 1085, the vibration sensor monitoring means 1065 refers to the signal output from the vibration sensor 500, and whether or not the vibration sensor 500 has detected a vibration that causes a vibration error. Determine. In the case of Yes in Step 1085, in Step 1086, the vibration sensor monitoring unit 1065 determines that the command related to the second vibration error (the processing at the time of the error is different from the first vibration error) (the command related to the first vibration error is an error). Are set in the command transmission buffer 1301 for transmission to the sub-main control unit 2320 (sent to the sub-main control unit 2320 side by the control command transmission process in step 3200). Next, in step 1087, the vibration sensor monitoring unit 1065 stores that the signal related to the vibration error is transmitted to the external terminal board (sent to the external terminal board by the external signal output of step 3100), and performs the next processing. The process proceeds to (Step 1100). Note that if the answer is No in Step 1083 or Step 1085, the process proceeds to the next process (the process in Step 1100). A signal related to a vibration error transmitted to the external terminal board may be referred to as operation state information. Further, in the second modification from the present embodiment, a vibration error occurs during the round in which the large allocation winning opening 2220 is opened (in this example, the odd number round) (the vibration sensor 500 generates a vibration that causes an error). In the case of detection, a vibration error is generated during execution of a round (in this example, odd-numbered round) in which the large distribution prize opening 2220 is opened (vibration causing the vibration sensor 500 to be an error). In such a case, the generation condition of the first vibration error and the second vibration error (the condition for distinguishing which vibration error is to be generated) is not limited to this. For example, if a vibration error occurs during the execution of a special game, all may be the second vibration error (the first vibration error is performed when the special game is not being executed), or a specific low in special game If a vibration error occurs during the execution of a game (for example, during the execution of the fourth round), a second vibration error may be used (when a special game is not being executed or a round other than a specific round is being executed) First vibration error).

  Next, FIG. 56 is a main flowchart on the sub-control board 2000 side (particularly on the sub-main control unit 2320 side) in Modification 2 from the present embodiment. The changes from this embodiment are step 6001 (modification 2) and step 6800 (modification 2), that is, in step 6001 (modification 2), the sub-control board 2000 is LED (game machine frame, door frame, The lighting mode of the sub input button and all the LEDs provided on the accessory is executed in the normal lighting mode (lighting mode when no error has occurred), and the sound effect is the normal sound mode (the error is (Sound mode when no sound is generated) Next, in Step 6800 (Modification 2), the sub control board 2000 executes an error display execution control process, which will be described later, and proceeds to Step 6100.

  Next, FIG. 57 is a flowchart of an error display execution control process according to the subroutine of Step 6800 (Modification 2) in FIG. 56 in Modification 2 from the present embodiment. First, in step 6802, the error control unit 2325 refers to the main side information temporary storage unit 2321a and determines whether or not a command related to the first vibration error has been received. In the case of Yes in Step 6802, in Step 6804, the error control means 2325 starts the command reception timing related to the first vibration error for a predetermined time A (which is shorter than the predetermined time B described later, in this example, 10 seconds). ) Until the time elapses or the power is turned on again, the LED lighting mode is rewritten and executed in the error lighting mode, and the process proceeds to the next process (the process of step 6100).

  On the other hand, in the case of No in step 6802, in step 6806, the error control means 2325 refers to the main side information temporary storage means 2321a and determines whether or not a command related to the second vibration error has been received. In the case of Yes in Step 6806, in Step 6808, the error control means 2325 determines that the command reception timing related to the second vibration error is a predetermined time B (which is longer than the predetermined time A described above, 300 seconds in this example). ) Until the process progresses or the power is turned on again and the RAM clear button is pressed, the LED lighting mode is rewritten to the error lighting mode, and the sound effect is rewritten to the error sound mode and executed. Error notification is executed on the apparatus (for example, the decorative symbol display area 2311), and the process proceeds to the next process (the process of Step 6100). As described above, in the second modification from the present embodiment, when a vibration error occurs depending on whether the command related to the first vibration error or the command related to the second vibration error is received as the command related to the vibration error. The notification mode is different. Also, the second vibration error is an error that occurs when a ball enters the specific area 2224. That is, the second vibration error is serious in the game that the player acquires whether or not to shift to the probability variation gaming state after the end of the special game. Since this is a vibration error that has a significant effect, the notification time associated with the error is longer than that of the first vibration error, and there are more elements that can be notified when an error occurs. In the second modification from the present embodiment, the LED lighting mode at the time of occurrence of the first vibration error and the LED lighting mode at the time of occurrence of the second vibration error are the same lighting mode, but this is not limitative. However, the lighting mode of the LED when an error occurs may be different. In such a configuration, it is easier to recognize that the LED lighting mode at the time of occurrence of the second vibration error is a visual error than the LED lighting mode at the time of occurrence of the first vibration error (for example, normal It is desirable to configure so that there are many differences in color, blinking speed, etc. from the lighting mode.

  By configuring as described above, in the gaming machine according to the second modification from the present embodiment, a vibration error that becomes a plurality of notification modes is provided, and the round related to the opening of the distribution big prize opening 2220 (in this principle) , The odd number round) may be different from the error notification mode and the presence / absence of output to the external terminal board between the time of execution and the round related to the opening of the sorting prize winning opening 2220 (in this example, odd number of rounds). By configuring, as in the first modification from the present embodiment, an appropriate error notification mode can be achieved, and a serious error (second vibration error in this example) and a non-critical error (this example) Then, by providing the first vibration error), it is possible to easily configure what vibration error is occurring.

(Second Embodiment)
In the present embodiment, the game ball is placed in the specific area 2224 during the execution of the special game, so that it shifts to the probability variation game state after the special game ends. It is possible to provide a configuration related to a vibration error even for gaming machines having different configurations. Therefore, such a configuration is referred to as a second embodiment, and only differences from the present embodiment will be described in detail below.

  First, the basic structure of the front side of the pachinko gaming machine according to the second embodiment will be described with reference to FIG. Pachinko gaming machines mainly consist of a gaming machine frame and a gaming board. Hereinafter, only differences from the present embodiment will be described in order. In this embodiment, the normal prize winning port 2120 is a first big prize winning port 2120, and the distribution big prize winning port 2220 is a second big prize winning port 2220.

  First, in the second embodiment, the first main game start port 2210 and the second main game start port 2110 are arranged so as to overlap each other, and the presence of the first main game start port 2210 causes the second main game start port 2210 to overlap. The upper part of the game start port 2110 is blocked. In addition, both the game ball flowing down the left side of the game area 120 (referenced to the center of the game area) and the game ball flowing down the right side of the game area 120 (referenced to the center of the game area) are the second main game start port 2110. The game ball that is guided to the left side of the game area 120 (referenced from the center of the game area) is easily guided to the first main game start port 2210 and flows down the right side of the game area 120 (referenced to the center of the game area). The ball is configured not to be guided to the first main game start port 2210. Both the game ball flowing down the left side of the game area 120 (referenced to the center of the game area) and the game ball flowing down the right side of the game area 120 (referenced to the center of the game area) are both the first main game start port 2210. You may comprise so that it may be induced | guided | derived to.

  In the second embodiment, the electric accessory is provided on the second main game starting port 2110 side. However, the present invention is not limited to this, and the electric accessory is provided on the first main game starting port 2210 side. May be. Furthermore, in the present embodiment, the first main game start port 2210 and the second main game start port 2110 are arranged so as to overlap vertically, but the present invention is not limited to this, and the first main game start port You may comprise so that 2210 and the 2nd main game starting port 2110 may be arrange | positioned apart. In such a configuration, a member for closing the upper portion of the electric accessory 2112 may be provided. In addition, the game ball flowing down the left side of the game area 120 (based on the center of the game area) is easily guided to the first main game start port 2210, but is difficult to be guided to the second main game start port 2110. While the game balls flowing down on the right side (based on the center of the game area) are difficult to be guided to the first main game start port 2210, the respective start ports are arranged so as to be easily guided to the second main game start port 2110. Good. It should be noted that “easy to be guided” and “not easily guided” are determined, for example, by the magnitude of the number of entered balls when 10,000 balls are launched to the right and left, respectively.

  In the second embodiment, the auxiliary game start port 2410 is configured such that the game ball flowing down the right side of the game area 120 (based on the center of the game area) is easily guided and the game ball flowing down the left side of the game area 120 is It is configured so that it is difficult to be guided {but is not limited to this, and it is configured so that a game ball flowing down the left side of the gaming area 120 (based on the center of the gaming area) is easily guided to the auxiliary gaming start port 2410. (For example, auxiliary game start ports 2410 may be provided on the left and right sides of the game area 120, respectively.)}.

  Next, a first grand prize winning port 2120 and a second grand prize winning port 2220 are arranged at the upper right of the out port 142, and the game balls flowing down the right side of the game area 120 (based on the center of the game area) Before reaching the out port 142, the first large winning port 2120 and the second large winning port 2220 are configured to easily pass through the area.

  Next, the first grand prize opening 2120 has a horizontal rectangular shape that is opened when the first main game symbol (special symbol) or the second main game symbol (special symbol) stops at the big hit symbol. It is a winning opening corresponding to the main game, located at the upper right of the out opening 142 and below the second large winning opening 2220. As a specific configuration, the first grand prize opening 2120 includes a first big prize opening winning detection device 2121 for detecting the entry of a game ball, and a first big prize opening electric accessory 2122. Here, the first grand prize opening winning detection device 2121 is a sensor for detecting the entry of a game ball into the first big prize opening 2120, and the first big winning opening entrance information indicating the entry at the time of entering the ball. Is generated. The first big prize opening electric accessory 2122 makes the first big prize opening 2120 variable in the first big prize opening 2120 in a normal state where a game ball cannot be won or difficult to win and an open state where a game ball is easy to win. In the second embodiment, the mode of the big winning opening is a mode in which a horizontal rectangular shape is formed and the game ball is variable in a normal state where the game ball cannot be won or difficult to win and an open state where the game ball is easy to win, This is not a limitation. In that case, for example, an aspect (so-called, a state where the bar-like member provided in the special winning opening is in a state of protruding to the player side and a retracted state of being retracted to the player side) (Bello-type attacker), which is suitable when it is desired to ensure that the number of balls entered into the big prize opening is a predetermined number (for example, 10).

  Next, the second grand prize winning port 2220 is formed in a horizontal rectangular shape that is opened when the first main game symbol (special symbol) or the second main game symbol (special symbol) stops at the big hit symbol. The winning opening corresponding to the main game is located in the upper right of the opening 142 and in the upper right of the first big winning opening 2120. Specifically, the second grand prize opening 2220 includes a second big prize opening winning detection device 2224-1 for detecting the entry of a game ball, a second big prize opening electric accessory 2222, Driving is started at the start of the game, the upper shielding member 2225 that can block the flow of the game ball to the lower shielding member 2226, and the driving starts when the power of the gaming machine is turned on, and the flow of the game ball to the V prize opening 2227 The lower shielding member 2226 that can be obstructed, the V winning opening 2227 that is a winning opening that triggers the transition to the special game by entering the ball in the small hit game, and the game ball entering the V winning opening 2227 is detected. V winning opening entry detection device 2227a for the purpose, a second big winning opening outlet 2228 for discharging game balls that have entered the second big winning opening 2220, and games to the second big winning opening 2228 The second big entrance to detect the entrance of the sphere Comprising a mouth discharge detection apparatus 2228A, the. Here, the second grand prize opening prize detection device 2224-1 is a sensor that detects the entry of a game ball into the second big prize opening 2220, and indicates the second big prize slot entry when the ball is entered. Generate sphere information. Then, the game balls that have entered the second grand prize opening 2220 are configured to be detected by the second big prize opening prize detection device 2224-2. Next, the second grand prize opening electric accessory 2222 has the second grand prize opening 2220 in the second grand prize opening 2220 in a normal state in which a game ball cannot be won or difficult to win and in an open state in which the game ball is easy to win. Make it variable. In the present embodiment, the mode of the big winning opening is a mode in which a horizontal rectangular shape is formed and the game ball is variable between a normal state where the game ball cannot be won or difficult to win and an open state where the game ball is easy to win. It is not limited to. In that case, for example, an aspect (so-called, a state where the bar-like member provided in the special winning opening is in a state of protruding to the player side and a retracted state of being retracted to the player side) (Bello-type attacker), which is suitable when it is desired to ensure that the number of balls entered into the big prize opening is a predetermined number (for example, 10). The internal structure of the second grand prize opening 2220 will be described later.

  Next, FIG. 59 is an operation diagram relating to the second grand prize opening 2220. More specifically, FIG. 59 shows how the upper shielding member 2225 and the lower shielding member 2226 provided in the second big prize opening C20 are opened. It is an effect | action figure which concerns on whether a game ball can enter into the V prize opening 2227 based on a closed aspect. In the second embodiment, if the game ball continues to be fired toward the second big prize opening 2220 during the small hit game (the small hit is provided in the second embodiment) (right) If the player keeps hitting), a plurality of game balls enter the second grand prize opening 2220 {for example, the second big prize opening 2220 (the second big prize opening electric accessory 2222) is opened. Since the mode is “0.2 second open → 0.8 second closed → 1 second open → 1 second closed → 1 second open → closed”}, whether or not a game ball can enter the V prize opening 2227 is the second. This is determined by whether or not the game ball in the big winning opening 2220 is well matched with the opening timing of the upper shielding member 2225 and the lower shielding member 2226. Hereinafter, the action of the game ball that has entered the second big prize opening 2220 during the small hit game will be described in detail.

  First, as shown in FIG. 59 (a), the second grand prize opening 2220 has an inside (as a game ball channel inside the second big prize opening 2220) and enters the second big prize opening 2220. Second prize winning detection device 2224-2 for detecting a ball, V winning entry 2227, V winning entry detection device 2227a for detecting entry to the V winning entry 2227, and V winning entry 2227 A second grand prize port outlet 2228 that is a discharge path of game balls that have not been balled, and a second big prize port outlet detection device 2228a that detects a ball entering the second major prize port outlet 2228. Furthermore, a lower shielding member 2226 provided above the V prize opening 2227 and an upper shielding member 2225 provided above the lower shielding member 2226 are provided, and the upper shielding member 2225 and the lower shielding member 2226 are provided as games. From the board (seeing from the player Closed state that can prevent or easily block the fall of the game ball by protruding (forward) state, and retracted into the game board (back side when viewed from the player) (retracted state) Thus, it is configured to be able to adopt an open state in which the fall of the game ball cannot be inhibited or difficult (the game ball can fall) (this is a configuration like a so-called Vero-type attacker). More specifically, in the second embodiment, when the upper shielding member 2225 is in the closed state, the game ball cannot reach or is difficult to reach the lower shielding member 2226, and the upper shielding member 2225 is in the opened state. The game ball can reach or easily reach the lower shielding member 2226, and when the lower shielding member 2226 is in the closed state, the game ball cannot reach the V winning opening 2227 or is difficult to reach. When the member 2226 is in the open state, the game ball is configured to reach or easily reach the V prize opening 2227. Next, a specific flow path of game balls that have entered the second big prize opening 2220 during the small hit game will be described.

  As shown in FIG. 59 (a), the game ball that has entered the second big prize opening 2220 during the small hit game is in the closed state after passing through the second big prize opening prize detection device 2224-1. It is guided to the upper shielding member 2225, and stops (is placed on the upper shielding member 2225) in an area formed by the upper shielding member 2225 and the inner wall surface of the second big prize opening 2220 (referred to as a retaining area). ). In the second embodiment, the stopping area is configured so that only one game ball can be placed thereon. Therefore, as shown in FIG. 59A, a certain game ball is placed in the stopping area. In the case where the game ball is placed, the game ball guided into the second big prize opening 2220 after the placement timing of the game ball collides with the game ball placed on the upper shielding member 2225. Thus, the flow path that reaches the second grand prize winning port discharge detection device 2228a and the second big prize winning port outlet 2228 without passing through the upper shielding member 2225 (it is impossible or difficult to enter the V prize winning port 2227). The stopping area is configured so that the certain game ball is not pulled out of the stopping area by an impact when the other game ball collides. It is configured). Here, the right part of FIG. 59 (a) is a sectional view schematically showing the XX section in FIG. 59 (a). As shown in the sectional view, in FIG. 59 (a), the upper shielding member 2225 and the lower shielding member 2226 are both closed (projected from the game board (toward the player as viewed from the player)) (the sectional view). In this case, it is understood that a game ball can be placed on the upper shielding member 2225.

  Next, in FIG. 59A, when the upper shielding member 2225 transitions from the closed state to the opened state (in this example, the upper shielding member 2225 changes from the closed state to the opened state after 5 seconds from the start of the small hit game. The flow of the game ball when the game ball placed on the upper shielding member 2225 falls below the upper shielding member 2225 because the upper shielding member 2225 is in the open state. Road) will be described with reference to FIGS. 59 (b) and 59 (c).

  Next, in FIG. 59B, when the upper shielding member 2225 is in an open state (the game ball falls from the position of the upper shielding member 2225) and reaches the position of the upper shielding member 2225, the lower shielding member 2226 It is a figure which shows the flow path of the game ball at the time of being an open state. In this case, the game ball that has reached the position of the lower shielding member 2226 is not prevented from dropping by the lower shielding member 2226, and the V winning opening entrance ball detecting device 2227 a and the V winning are provided downstream of the lower shielding member 2226. The mouth 2227 can be reached. Here, the lower part of FIG. 59 (b) is a cross-sectional view schematically showing the YY cross section in FIG. 59 (b). As shown in the sectional view, in FIG. 59 (b), both the upper shielding member 2225 and the lower shielding member 2226 are in the open state {retracted into the game board (the back side as viewed from the player) (the sectional view). In the drawing, it is stored in the right wall surface}, and the game ball dropped from the position of the upper shielding member 2225 is below the position of the lower shielding member 2226 without being obstructed by the lower shielding member 2226. It is understood that it can fall.

  The above-described embodiment {embodiment according to FIG. 59 (b)} will be described in more detail. The game ball flows from the position of the upper shielding member 2225 to the position of the lower shielding member 2226 for a substantially constant time (this example). , 0.2 second) is required, and whether or not the game ball that has fallen from the position of the upper shielding member 2225 and reached the position of the lower shielding member 2226 can enter the V winning opening 2227 is determined. Whether the lower shielding member 2226 is not obstructed or not) can be determined by whether the lower shielding member 2226 is in an open state or a closed state after the fixed time (in this example, 0.2 seconds) has elapsed. Therefore, in this embodiment, when the timing at which the upper shielding member 2225 is in the open state and the timing at which the lower shielding member 2226 is in the open state are substantially simultaneous, it is possible to enter the game ball into the V prize opening 2227. This may be possible (because both the upper shielding member 2225 and the lower shielding member 2226 are open for 1 second), and at a certain fixed time (in this example, 0 in this example) than the timing at which the lower shielding member 2226 is opened. .2 seconds), even when the upper shielding member 2225 is opened as soon as possible, it may be possible to enter the game ball into the V winning opening 2227. Further, the substantially constant time (0.2 seconds in this example) is subtracted from the opening time of the lower shielding member 2226 (1 second in this example) than the timing at which the lower shielding member 2226 enters the open state. Even when the upper shielding member 2225 is opened late by the time (0.8 seconds in this example), it may be possible to enter the game ball into the V winning opening 2227.

  As described above, the stopping area has a structure in which only one game ball can be stopped. Here, in this example, the timing at which the upper shielding member 2225 is opened (the timing at which the game ball falls from the position of the upper shielding member 2225 and exits the stopping area) is a certain time after the small hit game is executed (this example) Then, after 5 seconds). When a certain game ball is placed in the stop area, as described above, the game ball that has entered the second grand prize opening 2220 after the placement timing of the certain game ball is the same game. It collides with the ball and is guided to the second grand prize port discharge detecting device 2228a and the second big prize port outlet 2228 side. Accordingly, only one game ball (a game ball that can reach the position of the upper shielding member 2225) can exist in the stop area until a certain time (in this example, 5 seconds) has elapsed after the start of the small hit game. It becomes. Furthermore, in this example, the time required for the game ball that has entered the second grand prize opening 2220 to reach the position of the upper shielding member 2225 is configured to be less than one second, and the second large The opening mode of the winning opening 2220 (the second big winning opening electric accessory 2222) is “0.2 second opening → 0.8 second closing → 1 second opening → 1 second closing → 1 second opening → closing”. Even if it is assumed that the game ball has entered the second big prize opening 2220 during the third release (1 second release), the game ball will reach the position of the upper shielding member 2225 to start the small hit game And less than 5 seconds. That is, a new game ball cannot reach the position of the upper shielding member 2225 during the period in which the upper shielding member 2225 is in an open state (in this example, 1 second after 5 seconds to 6 seconds after the start of the small hit). Or it becomes difficult to reach. As described above, in this example, when a certain small hit game is executed, the player can fall from the position of the upper shielding member 2225 to the position of the lower shielding member 2226 (can enter the V winning opening 2227). The game ball is configured to be only one ball (only one ball per game per game).

  Next, in FIG. 59C, when the upper shielding member 2225 is in an open state (the game ball falls from the position of the upper shielding member 2225) and reaches the position of the lower shielding member 2226, the lower shielding member 2226 is It is a figure which shows the flow path of the game ball at the time of being a closed state. In such a case, the game ball that has reached the position of the lower shielding member 2226 collides with the lower shielding member 2226 that is in a state of protruding from the game board (toward the front as viewed from the player) (closed state). The ball is blocked (the ball entering the V winning opening 2227 provided downstream of the lower shielding member 2226 is blocked). Thereafter, the game ball rolls on the lower shielding member 2226 and is guided to the second grand prize port discharge detecting device 2228a and the second big prize port outlet 2228. Here, the lower part of FIG. 59 (c) is a cross-sectional view schematically showing a ZZ cross section in FIG. 59 (c). As shown in the cross-sectional view, in FIG. 59 (c), the upper shielding member 2225 is in the open state {retracted into the game board (back side as viewed from the player) (in the right wall surface in the cross-sectional view). And the lower shielding member 2226 is in a closed state {a state protruding from the game board (toward the front as viewed from the player) (a state protruding to the left in the cross-sectional view)}. It is understood that the game ball that has dropped from the position of the upper shielding member 2225 is prevented from falling by the lower shielding member 2226 and cannot flow down or is difficult to flow downstream from the position of the lower shielding member 2226. .

  As described above, in the second embodiment, the upper shielding member 2225 is set to be released after a certain time from the start of the small hit game (in this example, five seconds after the start of the small hit game). The lower shielding member 2226 is configured to repeat the transition between the closed state and the opened state at a constant period (in this example, a period of 4 seconds) from when the power is turned on (the opening timing of the lower shielding member 2226 is periodic). Under the circumstances, whether or not to enter the V winning opening 2227 is mainly determined by the timing at which the upper shielding member 2225 is opened (in other words, the timing at which the small hit game starts) (below) When a small hit game in which the timing at which the shielding member 2226 is in the open state and the timing at which the upper shielding member 2225 is in the open state is scheduled to start is played to the V prize opening 2227. Sphere are able to ball entrance).

  The second embodiment is merely an example, and the upper shielding member 2225 and the lower shielding member 2226 are in a state in which the fall of the game ball cannot be inhibited or difficult to inhibit, and in a state in which the fall of the game ball can be inhibited or easily inhibited. As long as the transition can be made, any structure may be used, and other configurations are not limited at all.

  Next, FIG. 60 is a main flowchart showing the flow of general processing performed by the main control board 1000. The difference from this embodiment is step 1050 (second) and step 3300 (second) to step 3700 (second), that is, after the game machine is turned on and after initial setting (not shown) In step 1050 (second), the main control board 1000 executes vibration sensor monitoring processing, which will be described later, and proceeds to step 1100.

  Further, after executing the main game symbol display process in step 1400, in step 3300 (second), the main control board 1000 executes a special game operation condition determination process, which will be described later. Next, in step 3400 (second), the main control board 1000 executes a special game control process, which will be described later. Next, in step 3500 (second), the main control board 1000 executes a small hit game control process, which will be described later. Next, in step 3600 (second), the main control board 1000 executes an upper shielding member drive control process, which will be described later. Next, in step 3650 (second), the main control board 1000 executes a lower shielding member drive control process, which will be described later. Next, in step 3700 (second), the main control board 1000 executes a V winning opening entry determination process, which will be described later, and proceeds to step 3000.

  Next, FIG. 61 is a flowchart of the vibration sensor monitoring process according to the subroutine of Step 1050 (second) in FIG. 60 in the second embodiment. First, in step 1088, the vibration sensor monitoring unit 1065 refers to the small hit game related information temporary storage unit 1177a to determine whether or not the small hit execution flag is on, in other words, whether or not the small hit game is currently being played. Determine whether. In the case of Yes in Step 1088, in Step 1089, the vibration sensor monitoring unit 1065 refers to the signal output from the vibration sensor 500, and determines whether or not the vibration sensor 500 is detecting vibration that causes a vibration error. judge. In the case of Yes in Step 1089, in Step 1090, the vibration sensor monitoring unit 1065 determines whether or not a ball entering the V winning opening 2227 is detected. In the case of Yes in Step 1090, in Step 1091, the vibration sensor monitoring unit 1065 sets the command related to the second vibration error in the command transmission buffer 1301 for transmitting to the sub main control unit 2320 (the control command in Step 3200). Transmitted to the sub-main control unit 2320 side). Next, in step 1092, the vibration sensor monitoring unit 1065 stops driving the electric accessory 2112, the first big prize opening 2120 and the second big prize opening 2220, and the variation and display of the main game symbol and the auxiliary game symbol. Then, it waits for release from the vibration error (returning from the error by opening the door and turning on the power again). On the other hand, in the case of No in step 1090, in step 1093, the vibration sensor monitoring means 1065 sets the command related to the first vibration error in the command transmission buffer 1301 for transmitting to the sub main control unit 2320 (in step 3200). Is transmitted to the sub-main control unit 2320 side by the control command transmission process), and the process proceeds to the next process (the process of step 1100). It should be noted that the process proceeds to the next process (the process of Step 1100) also in the case of No in Step 1088 or Step 1089.

  Next, FIG. 62 shows the first main game symbol display process (second main game symbol display process) according to the subroutine of step 1400 (1) {step 1400 (2)} in FIG. 18 according to the second embodiment. It is a flowchart. In the second embodiment, the fact that the game is not in a small hit game is added as a variation start condition from the present embodiment. The other differences from the present embodiment are step 1434 and step 1436, that is, if the stop symbol is not a big hit symbol in step 1430, the small hit game control means 1177 is a small hit in step 1434 (second). With reference to the winning game related information temporary storage means 1177a, it is determined whether or not the stop symbol of the main game symbol is a small hit symbol. In the case of Yes in step 1434 (second), in step 1436 (second), the small hit game control means 1177 turns on the small hit flag in the flag area of the small hit game related information temporary storage means 1177a, The process proceeds to step 1500. Note that if the result of step 1434 (second) is No, the process proceeds to step 1500.

  Here, FIG. 63 (main game table 1) is an example of a first main game success / failure lottery table MN11ta-A (second main game success / failure lottery table MN11ta-B). The difference from the present embodiment is that the first main game side and the second main game side can be won with a small win, and the result of the lottery on the second main game side is almost (probability of 1020/1024). In) will be a small hit. Note that the winning probability is merely an example, and is not limited to this.

  FIG. 63 (main game table 2) is an example of a first main game symbol determination lottery table MN41ta-A (second main game symbol determination lottery table MN41ta-B). The difference from this embodiment is that a small hit symbol is provided. When winning a small hit, the first main game side is one type, and the second main game side is two types of main game symbol candidates. From this, one main game symbol is determined as a small hit symbol. Note that the types of random numbers and stop symbols are only examples, and the present invention is not limited thereto. When the specific symbol is stopped and displayed, the state and the selection rate of the variation mode and / or the selection rate of the main game symbol are different from those before the specific symbol is stopped and displayed (limited frequency state). May be configured to migrate}.

  Next, FIG. 64 is a flowchart of specific game end determination processing according to the subroutine of step 1500 in FIG. 63 according to the second embodiment. The difference from this embodiment is that the probability variation gaming state is not terminated by the number of variations of the main game symbol, that is, the processing related to the counter value of the probability variation number counter 1181a and the main game probability variation flag is deleted. Yes.

  Next, FIG. 65 is a flowchart of the special game operation condition determination process according to the subroutine of step 3300 (second) in FIG. 60 according to the second embodiment. First, in step 3302, the condition determination means 1161 refers to the flag area of the special game related information temporary storage means 1194, and determines whether or not the condition device operation flag is on. In the case of Yes in step 3302, in step 3304, the special game control means 1170 turns off the specific game flag (main game short flag / auxiliary game short flag) in the flag area of the specific game related information temporary storage means 1195. To do. Next, in step 3306, the specific game control means 1180 clears the value of the time reduction counter 1181b. Next, in step 3308, the special game control means 1170 turns on a special game transition permission flag in the flag area of the special game related information temporary storage means 1194. Next, in step 3310, the special game control means 1170 turns off the condition device operation flag in the flag area of the special game related information temporary storage means 1194, and performs the next process {step 3400 (second) process}. Migrate to In the case of No in step 3302, the process proceeds to the next process {step 3400 (second) process}.

  Next, FIG. 66 is a flowchart of the special game control process according to the subroutine of step 3400 (second) in FIG. First, in step 3402, the special game executing means 1173 refers to the flag area of the special game related information temporary storage means 1194, and determines whether or not the special game transition permission flag is on. In the case of Yes in step 3402, in step 3404 and step 3406, the special game execution means 1173 turns off the special game transition permission flag in the flag area of the special game related information temporary storage means 1194 and the special game execution flag. Turn on. Next, in step 3407, the special game executing means 1173 sets an initial value (1 in this example) to a round number counter (not shown) in the special game related information temporary storage means 1194. Next, in step 3408, the special game executing means 1173 sets information (special game start display instruction command) to start the special game in the command transmission buffer 1301 for transmitting to the sub-main control unit side ( The control command is transmitted to the sub-main control unit 2320 side in the control command transmission process in step 3200), and the process proceeds to step 3412.

  On the other hand, in the case of No in step 3402, in step 3410, the special game execution means 1173 refers to the special game related information temporary storage means 1194 and determines whether or not the special game execution flag is on. If YES in step 3410, the process proceeds to step 3412. In the case of No in step 3410, the special game executing means 1173 determines that the special game permission has not been granted and proceeds to the next process {step 3500 (second) process}.

  Next, in step 3412, the special game execution means 1173 refers to the flag area of the special game related information temporary storage means 1194 to determine whether or not the round continuation flag is off, in other words, immediately before the start of each round. It is determined whether or not there is. In the case of Yes in step 3412, that is, immediately before the start of each round, first, in step 3414, the special game execution unit 1173 sets an opening pattern in the special game related information temporary storage unit 1194. Next, in step 3416, the special game executing means 1173 clears the counter value of the winning ball counter to zero. Next, in step 3418, the special game execution means 1173 turns on the round continuation flag in the flag area of the special game related information temporary storage means 1194. Next, in step 3420, the special game executing means 1173 drives the first big prize opening electric accessory 2122 of the first big prize opening 2120 to open the first big prize opening 2120, and the special game timer 1178 ( In particular, a predetermined time (for example, 30 seconds) is set in the opening time timer), and the process proceeds to Step 3422. On the other hand, in the case of No in step 3412, that is, when the big prize opening is being opened, the processing proceeds to step 3422 without performing the processing of steps 3414 to 3420.

  Next, in Step 3422, the special game executing means 1173 transmits a game state command (for example, the current round number, game ball winning number, etc.) related to the current special game to the sub-main control unit 2320 side. Is set in the command transmission buffer 1301 (transmitted to the sub-main control unit 2320 side in the control command transmission process in step 3200). Next, in step 3424, the special game executing means 1173 refers to the counter value of the winning ball counter and determines whether or not a predetermined number (for example, 10 balls) of winning balls have been placed in the first big winning opening 2120 in the round. judge. If Yes in step 3424, the process proceeds to step 3428. On the other hand, in the case of No in step 3424, in step 3426, the special game executing means 1173 refers to the special game timer 1178 (especially the open time timer) and the predetermined time (for example, 30 seconds) relating to the big prize opening is determined. It is determined whether or not it has elapsed. Also in the case of Yes at step 3426, the routine proceeds to step 3428. In the case of No in step 3426, the process proceeds to the next process {step 3500 (second) process}.

  Next, in step 3428, the special game executing means 1173 stops the driving of the first big prize opening electric accessory 2122 of the first big prize opening 2120 and closes the first big prize opening 2120. Next, in step 3430, the special game executing means 1173 resets a special game timer 1178 (particularly, an opening time timer). Next, in step 3432, the special game executing means 1173 turns off the round continuation flag in the flag area of the special game related information temporary storage means 1194. Next, in step 3433, the special game executing means 1173 adds 1 to the counter value of the round number counter 1173a in the special game related information temporary storage means 1194. Next, in step 3434, the special game executing means 1173 refers to the special game related information temporary storage means 1194 and determines whether or not the final round has ended (for example, the round number counter in the special game related information temporary storage means 1194). It is determined whether or not the counter value of 1173a) exceeds the maximum number of rounds. In the case of Yes in step 3434, in step 3436, the special game execution means 1173 turns off the special game execution flag in the flag area of the special game related information temporary storage means 1194. Next, in step 3438, the special game executing means 1173 sets information (special game end display instruction command) to end the special game in the command transmission buffer 1301 for transmitting to the sub main control unit 2320 side. (Sent to the sub-main control unit 2320 in the control command transmission process of step 3200). In step 3450 (second), the specific game control means 1180 executes a game state determination process after the end of the special game described later, and proceeds to the next process {step 3500 (second) process}. Even in the case of No in step 3434, the process proceeds to the next process {step 3500 (second) process}.

  Next, FIG. 67 is a flowchart of the game state determination process after the special game according to the subroutine of step 3450 (second) in FIG. First, in step 3452, the specific game control means 1180 refers to the display control means 1150, and determines whether or not it is after the end of the special game triggered by entering the V winning opening 2227 (second embodiment). , The special game is executed when the game ball enters the V winning opening 2227 during the small hit game). In the case of Yes in step 3452, in step 3454, the specific game control means 1180 refers to the display control means 1150, and the stop symbol is a jackpot symbol that makes a transition to a time-saving game state after completion of execution of the special game. In this example, it is determined whether or not 4B · 5A · 5B · 7A · 7B). If Yes in step 3454, the process proceeds to step 3458. On the other hand, in the case of No in step 3452, in step 3456, the specific game control means 1180 refers to the display control means 1150, and shifts to the time-short-hit symbol (after the completion of the execution of the special game, It is a small hit symbol that triggers the transition to the special game, and in this example, it is determined whether or not the special game is triggered by 7AK · 7BK). If Yes in step 3456, the process proceeds to step 3458.

  Next, in step 3458, the specific game control means 1180 sets a predetermined number of times (in this example, 100 times) to the counter value of the time reduction number counter 1181b. Next, in step 3460 and step 3462, the specific game control means 1180 turns on the main game short time flag and the auxiliary game short time flag in the flag area of the specific game related information temporary storage means 1195, and the next process {step 3500 (second process)}. In addition, also when it is No in step 3454 or step 3456, it transfers to the next process {process of step 3500 (2nd)}.

  Next, FIG. 68 is a flowchart of the small hit game control process according to the subroutine of step 3500 (second) in FIG. First, in step 3501, the small hit game control means 1177 refers to the flag area of the small hit game related information temporary storage means 1177a, and is a discharge waiting flag {a flag that is turned on in step 3522, which will be described later. After the execution of the played small hit game (especially the scheduled opening pattern of the second big prize opening 2220), the waiting period for discharging the game balls remaining in the second big prize opening 2220 (discharge waiting) It is determined whether or not the flag turned on during (time) is off. In the case of Yes in step 3501, in step 3502, the small hit game control means 1177 refers to the flag area of the small hit game related information temporary storage means 1177a and determines whether or not the small hit flag is on. In the case of Yes in step 3502, in step 3504, the small hit game control means 1177 turns off the small hit flag in the flag area of the small hit game related information temporary storage means 1177a. Next, in step 3505, the small hit game control means 1177 releases the second big winning opening 2220 of the round (in this example, for example, “0.2 seconds open → 0. 8 seconds closed → 1 second open → 1 second closed → 1 second open → closed ”, and if the game ball continues to be launched toward the second grand prize opening 2220, Set up to enter multiple balls). Next, at step 3506, the small hit game control means 1177 turns on the small hit execution flag in the flag area of the small hit game related information temporary storage means 1177a. Next, in step 3507, the small hit game control means 1177 is a small hit execution start command (a command indicating that the small hit game has been started, and the player releases the game ball toward the second big prize opening 2220. Is set in the command transmission buffer 1301 for transmission to the sub-main control unit 2320 (transmitted to the sub-main control unit 2320 side by the control command transmission process in step 3200). Next, in step 3508, the small hit game control means 1177 opens the second big winning opening 2220 and starts the small hit game timer 1177b (the timer value is counted down). Next, in step 3509, the small hit game control means 1177 starts a discharge waiting timer 1177c (increment timer), and proceeds to step 1712. In the second embodiment, the discharge standby timer 1177c measures the elapsed time from the start of the small hit game, so that the discharge standby time after a predetermined time (10 seconds in this example) has elapsed since the start of the small hit game. {Of course, the method of measuring the discharge waiting time is not limited to this. For example, a planned small hit game (especially, the planned opening pattern of the second big prize opening 2220) The measurement may be started after the execution of) is completed}.

  On the other hand, in the case of No in step 3502, in step 3510, the small hit game control means 1177 refers to the flag area of the small hit game related information temporary storage means 1177a to determine whether or not the small hit execution flag is on. To do. If Yes in step 3510, the process proceeds to step 3512.

  Next, in step 3512, the small hit game control means 1177 refers to the second big prize opening prize detection device 2224-1, and determines whether or not there is a game ball prize (winning) in the second big prize opening 2220. judge. In the case of Yes in step 3512, in step 3514, the small hit game control means 1177 refers to the small hit game related information temporary storage means 1177a, and a predetermined number (for example, ten) of winning balls in the second big winning opening 2220. It is determined whether or not there was. If Yes in step 3514, the process proceeds to step 3518. On the other hand, in the case of No in step 3512 or step 3514, in step 3516, the small hit game control means 1177 refers to the small hit game timer 1177b and a predetermined time (for example, 4 seconds) relating to the big winning opening is elapsed. Determine whether or not. If Yes in step 3516, the process proceeds to step 3518.

  Next, in step 3518, the small hit game control means 1177 stops the driving of the second big prize opening electric accessory 2222 and closes the second big prize opening 2220. Next, at step 3522, the small hit game control means 1177 turns on the discharge standby flag in the flag area of the small hit game related information temporary storage means 1177a (the discharge standby time is started from this processing execution timing). The process proceeds to step 3524. Note that if the result in step 3501 is No, the process proceeds to step 3524.

  Next, in step 3524, the small hit game control means 1177 refers to the discharge standby timer 1177c and determines whether or not the timer value has reached the discharge standby time end value (10 seconds in this example). In the case of Yes in step 3524, in step 3525, the small hit game control means 1177 clears the discharge waiting timer 1177c to zero. Next, in step 3526, the small hit game control means 1177 turns off the discharge waiting flag in the flag area of the small hit game related information temporary storage means 1177a. Next, at step 3528, the small hit game control means 1177 stops and resets the small hit game timer 1177b. Next, in step 3530, the small hit game control means 1177 turns off the small hit execution flag in the flag area of the small hit game related information temporary storage means 1177a, and the next processing {step 3600 (second) processing }. Note that the process proceeds to the next process {step 3600 (second) process} also in the case of No in step 3510, step 3516, or step 3524.

  Next, FIG. 69 is a flowchart of the upper shielding member drive control process according to the subroutine of step 3600 (second) in FIG. First, in step 3602, the upper shielding member drive control unit 1183 refers to the flag area of the small hit game related information temporary storage unit 1177a and determines whether or not the small hit execution flag is on. In the case of Yes in step 3602, in step 3604, the upper shielding member drive control means 1183 performs upper shielding with a predetermined driving pattern (in this example, a pattern in which “5 seconds closed → 1 second opened → 24 seconds closed” is repeated). The driving of the member 2225 is started, and the process proceeds to the next process {process of step 3650 (second)}. Note that there is no problem if the driving pattern of the upper shielding member 2225 is changed, but in this example, the game ball wins a V prize only when the opening timing of the upper shielding member 2225 matches the opening timing of the lower shielding member 2226. Since it is configured to allow entry into the mouth 2227, it is impossible to enter the V prize opening 2227 by setting the opening time to be a long time such as 3 seconds or not to be opened for more than 10 seconds from the start of driving. It is desirable not to configure. On the other hand, in the case of No in step 3602, in step 3606, the upper shielding member drive control means 1183 sets the upper shielding member 2225 in the closed state (initial position) to finish driving, and the next process {step 3650 (second) The process proceeds to. As described above, in the second embodiment, the upper shielding member 2225 starts driving with the start of the small hit game (the opening of the second big winning opening 2220 related to the small hit) as an opportunity, and ends the small hit game. The drive is configured to end as an opportunity, and the small hit game ends before driving once with the opening pattern of the upper shielding member 2225, and the driving of the upper shielding member 2225 ends. Yes. Since the small hit game has a discharge waiting time, even after the opening of the second big prize opening 2220 related to the small hit game ends, the small hit game does not end until the discharge standby time ends. It will be.

  Next, FIG. 70 is a flowchart of the lower shielding member drive control process according to the subroutine of step 3650 (second) in FIG. First, in step 3652, the lower shielding member drive control means 1185 drives the lower shielding member 2226 with a constant driving pattern (in this example, a pattern in which “closed for 3 seconds → opened for 1 second” in this example) after the power is turned on. Then, the process proceeds to the next process {process of Step 3700 (second)}. In this manner, the upper shielding member 2225 is configured to start driving when the small hit game is started, whereas the lower shielding member 2226 is configured to start driving when the gaming machine is turned on.

  Next, FIG. 71 is a flowchart of the V winning opening entry determination processing according to the subroutine of step 3700 (second) in FIG. First, in step 3702, the V prize opening control means 1187 refers to the flag area of the special game related information temporary storage means 1194, and is a condition device operation reservation flag (a flag that is turned on in step 3710 described later, ie, discharge) It is determined whether or not the flag (which is turned on when a game ball enters the V prize opening 2227) during the waiting time is off. In the case of Yes in step 3702, in step 3704, the V winning opening control means 1187 refers to the V winning opening entrance determining means 1114, and determines whether or not a game ball has entered the V winning opening 2227. In the case of Yes in step 3704, in step 3706, the V winning opening control means 1187, within the V winning opening effective period (the period from the start timing of the small hit game to the end timing of the discharge waiting time related to the small hit game). It is determined whether or not there is. In the case of Yes in step 3706, in step 3710, the V winning opening control means 1187 turns on the conditional device operation reservation flag in the flag area of the special game related information temporary storage means 1194, and performs the next processing (in step 3000). Process).

  On the other hand, in the case of No in step 3702, in step 3712, the V winning opening control means 1187 determines the V winning opening effective period (the period from the start timing of the small hit game to the end timing of the discharge waiting time related to the small hit game). It is determined whether or not the process has ended. In the case of Yes in step 3712, in step 3714, the V prize opening control means 1187 turns on the condition device operation flag in the flag area of the special game related information temporary storage means 1194, and performs the next process (process of step 3000). ). It should be noted that also in the case of No in step 3704, step 3706, or step 3712, the processing shifts to the next processing (processing in step 3000). In the case of No in step 3706, in other words, in the case where the risk of fraudulent entry such as a game ball entering the V winning opening 2227 increases even though the small hit game is not executed, It is preferable that the error processing is appropriately performed. The number of rounds of special games related to entering the V winning opening 2227 is “15R”, and the total flow of “special games related to entering the small winning game → V winning opening 2227” is totaled. Then, “1R” of the number of rounds related to the small hit game and “15R” of the number of rounds related to the special game are “16R”.

  Next, FIG. 72 is a flowchart of an error display execution control process according to the subroutine of Step 6800 (Modification 2) in FIG. 56 in the second embodiment. In the figure, differences from the second modification from the present embodiment will be described in detail. The difference from the second modification from the present embodiment is Step 6810 (second) to Step 6814 (second), that is, if a signal related to the first vibration error is received in Step 6802, Step 6810 ( Second, the error control means 2325 sets the LED lighting mode to an error until a predetermined time A (300 seconds in this example) has elapsed from the command reception timing related to the first vibration error or until the power is turned on again. The time lighting mode is rewritten and executed, and error notification is executed on the effect display device (for example, the decorative symbol display area 2311). Next, in Step 6812 (second), the error control means 2325 passes a predetermined time B (90 seconds in this example) from the command reception timing related to the first vibration error, or until the power is turned on again. The sound effect is rewritten to the sound mode at the time of error and executed, and the next process (the process of step 6100) is performed.

  When a signal related to the second vibration error is received in step 6806, in step 6814 (second), the error control means 2325 releases the second vibration error from the command reception timing related to the second vibration error. Until the door is opened (it is released when the power is turned on again), the LED lighting mode is rewritten to the error lighting mode, and the sound effect is rewritten to the error sound mode and executed. Error notification is executed on the display device (for example, the decorative symbol display area 2311), and the process proceeds to the next process (the process of step 6100). In this example, the first vibration error and the second vibration error have the same lighting mode, sound mode for error, and error notification, but are not limited to this. You may comprise so that it may differ with the kind of error.

  FIG. 73 is a flowchart of the special game display control processing according to the subroutine of step 6400 in FIG. The difference from this embodiment is step 6410 (second) to step 6418 (second), that is, after setting the command related to the big hit start display in step 6408 or in step 6402 the special game flag Is turned on, in step 6410 (second), the background effect display control means SM23 is displayed on the effect display device (for example, the decorative symbol display area 2311) based on the game information sequentially transmitted from the main side. The number of rounds and the number of winning prizes are displayed in sequence (based on game play, type of jackpot, etc., it may be executed as necessary).

  Next, in step 6412 (second), the background effect display control means SM23 displays the effect related to the special game being executed based on the game state at the time of winning the big hit being won and the big hit symbol being stopped. A command is set (transmitted to the sub-sub control unit 2310 side in the display command transmission control process in step 6700). Next, in step 6414 (second), the background effect display control means SM23 refers to the main side information temporary storage means SM11b and determines whether or not a special game end display instruction command has been received from the main side. In the case of Yes in step 6414 (second), in step 6416 (second), the background effect display control means SM23 performs a big hit end display on the effect display device (for example, the decorative symbol display area 2311) (the big win) Display appropriately based on the type). Next, in step 6418 (second), the background effect display control means SM23 turns off the special gaming flag in the flag area of the background effect related information temporary storage means SM23b, and the next process (process of step 6700). ). In addition, also when it is No at step 6414 (2nd), it transfers to the following process (process of step 6700).

  With the configuration as described above, the gaming machine according to the second embodiment is configured such that a special game can be executed due to the game ball entering the V winning opening 2227 during the small hit game execution. The second error is more serious than the first vibration error when a game ball enters the V winning opening 2227 during execution of the small hit game in a situation where a plurality of vibration errors are provided and vibration is detected. By configuring so as to be a vibration error, an appropriate vibration error notification mode can be achieved even in a gaming machine having the configuration.

  In the second embodiment, the first vibration error is canceled when the power is turned on again or when a predetermined time elapses from the occurrence of the error, while the second vibration error is cleared when the door is opened and the power is turned on again. In other words, the release conditions are different between the first vibration error and the second vibration error, but there is no problem even if the release conditions are changed, and the release conditions are different between the first vibration error and the second vibration error. If they are different, there is no problem.

(Modification 1 from the second embodiment)
In the second embodiment, a plurality of vibration errors are generated in a gaming machine in which a special game is executed due to a game ball entering the V prize opening 2227 during the small hit game. Although the error notification mode may be different depending on the vibration error, the same effect can be created with a configuration that has a different vibration error mode in the game of the configuration. Therefore, such a configuration is referred to as a first modification from the second embodiment, and only differences from the second embodiment will be described in detail below.

  First, FIG. 74 is a flowchart of the vibration sensor monitoring process according to the subroutine of Step 1050 (second variation 1) in FIG. First, in step 1094, the vibration sensor monitoring unit 1065 refers to the signal output from the vibration sensor 500 and determines whether or not the vibration sensor 500 has detected a vibration that causes a vibration error. Although details will be described later, in the first modification from the second embodiment, the vibration detected as a vibration error is a weak vibration and a strong vibration having a stronger vibration strength and / or a stronger shock than the weak vibration. Yes, if either weak vibration or strong vibration is detected in this process. As a method for discriminating between weak vibration and strong vibration, (1) one vibration sensor capable of discriminating the strength of vibration or shock is used. (2) two vibration sensors are provided, one of which is vibration or shock. Is placed at a position where it is easy to transmit (for example, a position close to the near side as viewed from the player of the gaming machine), and vibration or impact is less likely to be transmitted (vibration or impact is less than a vibration sensor at a position where vibration or impact is easily transmitted). If the two vibration sensors detect vibrations, they are set to strong vibrations. If any of the vibration sensors detects vibration, the vibration sensor may be configured as weak vibration. In the case of Yes in Step 1094, in Step 1095, the vibration sensor monitoring means 1065 sets the command related to the vibration error in the command transmission buffer 1301 for transmitting to the sub-main control unit 2320 (control command transmission processing in Step 3200). Is transmitted to the sub main control unit 2320 side). Next, in step 1096, the vibration sensor monitoring unit 1065 refers to the signal output from the vibration sensor 500 and determines whether or not the detected vibration is strong vibration. In the case of Yes in Step 1096, in Step 1097, the vibration sensor monitoring means 1065 determines whether or not a game ball has entered the V winning opening 2227. In the case of Yes in step 1097, in step 1098, the vibration sensor monitoring means 1065 stores that the signal related to the vibration error is transmitted to the external terminal board (sent to the external terminal board by the external signal output of step 3100). Then, the process proceeds to the next process (the process of step 1100). It should be noted that if the result of step 1094, step 1096, or step 1097 is No, the process proceeds to the next process (the process of step 1100).

  Next, FIG. 75 is a flowchart of an error display execution control process according to the subroutine of Step 6800 (second modified 1) in FIG. 56 in Modification 1 from the second embodiment. First, in step 6816, the error control means 2325 refers to the main side information temporary storage means 2321a and determines whether or not a command related to a vibration error has been received. In the case of Yes in Step 6816, in Step 6818, the error control means 2325 rewrites the LED lighting mode to the error lighting mode from the command reception timing related to the vibration error until a predetermined time (for example, 100 seconds) has elapsed. Then, the sound effect is rewritten to the sound mode at the time of error and executed, and error notification is executed on the effect display device (for example, the decorative symbol display area 2311). Next, in Step 6812 (second), the error control means 2325 passes a predetermined time B (90 seconds in this example) from the command reception timing related to the first vibration error, or until the power is turned on again. The process proceeds to the next process (the process of step 6100). It should be noted that the process proceeds to the next process (the process of step 6100) also in the case of No in step 6816.

  With the configuration described above, in the first modification from the second embodiment, as vibrations detected as vibration errors, weak vibrations and strong vibrations having stronger vibration strength and / or stronger shocks than weak vibrations. It is possible to output a command related to an error to the sub side regardless of whether weak vibration or strong vibration occurs, while outputting a signal related to an error to the external terminal board only when vibration occurs today Since it is configured, the error notification mode can be made different between a serious error and a non-critical error, and appropriate error notification can be executed.

(Modification 2 from the second embodiment)
In the first modification from the second embodiment, when a vibration error occurs, an error occurs on the sub-side regardless of the type of vibration error (whether it is weak vibration or strong vibration). Although it is configured to perform notification to that effect, a gaming machine that is an appropriate vibration error notification mode can be created without such a configuration. Therefore, such a configuration is referred to as a second modified example from the second embodiment, and only changes from the second modified example according to the second embodiment will be described in detail below.

  First, FIG. 76 is a flowchart of the vibration sensor monitoring process according to the subroutine of Step 1050 (second variation 1) in FIG. The changes from the first modification from the second embodiment are step 1099-1 (second modification 2) and step 1099-2 (second modification 2). That is, in step 1098, a signal related to a vibration error is output. After storing the fact that it is transmitted to the external terminal board (transmitted to the external terminal board by the external signal output in step 3100), in step 1099 (second variation 2), the vibration sensor monitoring means 1065 uses the command related to the vibration error. Is set in the command transmission buffer 1301 for transmission to the sub-main control unit 2320 (transmitted to the sub-main control unit 2320 side by the control command transmission process in step 3200). Next, in step 1099-2 (second variation 2), the vibration sensor monitoring means 1065 stops the progress of the game until it recovers from the vibration error.

  With the configuration as described above, in the gaming machine according to Modification 1 from the second embodiment, the main control board 1000 side can always detect vibration, whereas the sub control board 2320. On the side, in a situation where strong vibration is detected, vibration can be detected only when a game ball enters the V prize opening 2227, and this configuration affects the game result. In addition to the occurrence of vibrations that cause the error, notification of an error is not executed, and a gaming machine that does not unnecessarily make the player uneasy can be created.

  In addition, the configuration related to the vibration error applicable to the configuration of this example is as follows: (1) The main control board side constantly monitors vibration detection (only during execution of a special game), and when vibration is detected Transmits a command related to vibration detection to the sub-control board side, and when the sub-control board side receives the command related to vibration detection, whether or not to execute error notification related to the command on the sub-control board side (2) The main control board side constantly monitors vibration detection (or only during execution of a special game), and when vibration is detected and when a predetermined condition (for example, a game ball is placed on a predetermined detection device) Detected), a command related to vibration detection is transmitted to the sub-control board side, and when the sub-control board side receives a command related to vibration detection, an error notification is always executed. It is good also as a structure.

Here, FIG. 77 illustrates a configuration relating to a vibration error execution mode of the gaming machine according to the present example. In the same figure, “appearance at the time of error”, “cause of error occurrence”, “status of gaming machine in error”, “measures at the time of error” are exemplified as configurations applicable to the configuration of this example. . For each item of the vibration error execution mode described above, the corresponding process (step) is indicated by “corresponding process”. As a specific example of the vibration error execution mode,
(1) Notification at the time of error: lighting of frame decoration LED, top plate lighting LED, frame effect LED, display on effect display device, notification by sound effect, main side error indicator light is turned on → step 6002 (odd 1) Applicable to
Cause of error: During the opening time of the allocation prize winning gate, all the game balls won from the end of opening the sorting prize winning opening until the elapse of a predetermined time (for example, 2 seconds) and during the opening time of the normal winning prize opening are all discharged. If vibration is detected, broken, short-circuited or broken in the period until
Status of gaming machine in error: Before error and no change,
Measures at the time of error: Error display ends when the specified time has elapsed or the power is turned on again → corresponds to step 6808,
(2) Notification at error: frame decoration LED, lighting of decoration LED → corresponding to step 6804,
Cause of error: When vibration is detected in a situation other than when the distribution prize winning opening is not open → corresponds to step 1083,
Status of gaming machine in error: Before error and no change,
Measures at the time of error: Reapplying power, or the end of error display after a predetermined time A (for example, 10 seconds) has elapsed since the error occurred → corresponds to step 6804,
(3) Notification at the time of error: → Frame decoration LED, blinking of decoration LED, display “Please do not hit the stand” on the effect display device, output sound effect → Corresponds to step 6808,
Cause of error: If vibration is detected while opening the large prize winning slot → corresponds to step 1085,
Status of gaming machine in error: Display error,
Measures at the time of error: The power is turned on again with the RAM clear button pressed, or the error display ends after a predetermined time B (for example, 300 seconds) has elapsed since the occurrence of the error → corresponds to step 6808
(4) Notification at the time of error: Frame decoration LED1, frame decoration LED2 and panel decoration LED are turned on → corresponds to step 6818,
Cause of error: Vibration sensor detects vibration → corresponds to step 1094,
The state of the gaming machine in error: error display, the game is stopped when the game ball enters the V winning opening while the vibration sensor is detecting strong vibration → Step 1099-2 (2nd change 2) ,
Measures at the time of error: Display until a predetermined time has elapsed → Corresponds to step 6818,
(5) Notification at the time of error: Door left LED, door right LED, door upper LED, saucer back LED, saucer LED lights red,
Rotating body base LED, saucer lower right LED, sub input button LED, rotating body LED blinks white, outputs error sound effect, displays error notification → corresponds to step 6810 (second), step 6814 (second),
Cause of error: Since the vibration sensor senses vibration during the small hit game, it corresponds to step 1089.
The state of the gaming machine in error: The game state is interrupted when a vibration sensor is detected and a ball entering the V prize opening is detected.
Measures in case of error: If the game is interrupted, turn on the power again while opening the door, continue the notification if the power is not turned on again according to the above procedure, and turn on the power if the game is not interrupted If the power is not turned on again, the error display is terminated when the predetermined time A (300 seconds) has elapsed after the occurrence of the abnormality, and the output of the abnormality notification sound is terminated when the predetermined time B (90 seconds) has elapsed → step 6810 (second ) To Step 6814 (second),
(6) Notification at the time of error: “Shock detection” is displayed on the effect display device (effect display control means), an error sound effect is output, and the frame decoration lamp is turned on → corresponding to step 6002 (odd 1),
Cause of the error: If there is no winning at the grand prize opening while a certain grand prize opening is open, the time until the predetermined time (1.2 seconds) has elapsed since the closing of the special prize opening. If the gaming machine detects vibration, and if there is a winning at the certain prize winning opening, the gaming machine detects vibration until all the game balls won at the certain winning prize opening are discharged,
Status of gaming machine in error: Before error and no change,
Measures at the time of error: When the predetermined time A (300 seconds) has elapsed after the occurrence of an error, the error display and the notification by the frame decoration lamp are terminated. However, the notification by the sound effect is terminated when the predetermined time B (30 seconds) has elapsed → Corresponds to step 6810 (second) to step 6814 (second),
(7) Notification at the time of error: “Shock detection” is displayed on the effect display, the sound effect is output, and notification is made to the frame decoration lamp → corresponding to step 6002 (change 1),
Cause of error: If there is no prize winning at the grand prize opening while the inner prize opening at the time of closing the inner frame and the glass frame is open, a predetermined time (1.2 seconds) from the closing of the particular grand prize opening ) The game machine detects vibrations before the game passes, and if there is a prize at the special prize opening, a game is played until all the game balls won at the special prize opening are discharged. The machine detects vibration,
Status of gaming machine in error: Before error and no change,
Measures at the time of error: When the predetermined time A (300 seconds) has elapsed after the occurrence of an error, the error display and the notification by the frame decoration lamp are terminated. However, the notification by the sound effect is terminated when the predetermined time B (30 seconds) has elapsed → Corresponds to step 6810 (second) to step 6814 (second),
(8) Notification at the time of error: notification by game frame decoration LED, output of abnormal notification sound → corresponding to step 6002 (odd 1),
Cause of error: An abnormal vibration is detected when a special winning opening is opened → corresponds to step 1069 (odd 1),
Status of gaming machine in error: winning at the winning opening, invalidating the passage to the gate, stopping the operation of the ordinary electric accessory, special electric accessory, ordinary symbol display device, special symbol display device → Step 1073- Corresponds to 3 (weird 1),
Measures at the time of error: Stop abnormal vibration and turn on the power again. If you do not turn on the power again, press the backup clear switch (RAM clear button) → corresponds to step 1073-3 (change 1),
(9) Notification at the time of error: “Vibration detection abnormality 1” is displayed on the effect display device, the glass frame LED is turned on, and the sound effect is output → corresponds to step 6808,
Cause of error: A vibration was detected while the distribution prize winning opening was open → corresponds to step 1085,
Status of gaming machine in error: Before error and no change,
Measures at the time of error: When the predetermined time A (30 seconds) has elapsed after the occurrence of an error, the error display is terminated. → corresponds to step 6808,
(10) Notification at the time of error: “Vibration detection abnormality 2” is displayed on the effect display device → corresponds to step 6804,
Cause of error: When vibration is detected in a situation other than when the distribution prize winning opening is not open → corresponds to step 1083,
Status of gaming machine in error: Before error and no change,
Measures at the time of error: When the predetermined time B (10 seconds) has elapsed after the occurrence of an error, the error display is terminated.
(11) Notification in error: “Error 36, vibration detection abnormality 1” is displayed on the effect display device, the abnormality notification LED is turned on, and a sound effect is output.
Cause of error: If vibration is detected while opening the large prize winning slot → corresponds to step 1085,
Status of gaming machine in error: Before error and no change,
Measures at the time of error: When the predetermined time A (30 seconds) has elapsed after the occurrence of an error, the error display is terminated. → corresponds to step 6808,
(12) Notification at the time of error: “Error 37, vibration detection abnormality 2” is displayed on the effect display device → corresponds to step 6804,
Cause of error: When vibration is detected in a situation other than when the distribution prize winning opening is not open → corresponds to step 1083,
Status of gaming machine in error: Before error and no change,
Measures at the time of error: When the predetermined time B (10 seconds) has elapsed after the occurrence of an error, the error display is terminated.
You may comprise as follows. It should be noted that the items in the vibration error execution mode may be combined with each other, and there may be no problem even if various numerical values and displays are changed.

Here, FIGS. 78 to 86 illustrate configurations related to execution modes of errors other than vibration errors of the gaming machine according to the present example. In the figure, “Error type”, “Notification at error”, “Cause of error”, “Status of gaming machine in error”, “Measures at error” are applicable to the configuration of this example. The structure is illustrated. As a specific example of the execution mode of errors other than vibration errors,
(1) Error type: Switch error error,
Notification at the time of error: Notification by game frame decoration LED, output of abnormal notification sound,
Cause of error: The game ball winning detection switch and passing detection switch are disconnected or short-circuited.
The state of the gaming machine in error: winning in the winning opening where the switch is disconnected or short-circuited, not passing through the gate,
Measures in case of error: Return the winning detection switch and passing detection switch that are disconnected or short-circuited to normal status.
(2) Error type: Unauthorized winning prize for electric equipment,
Notification at the time of error: Notification by game frame decoration LED, output of abnormal notification sound,
Cause of error: Two game balls with the second main game start port switch (second main game start port entrance detection device) when the winning opening (second main game start port) related to the electric game is not open Detected
State of gaming machine in error: Measures in case of error that invalidates winning at the second main game starting port except when the winning port (second main game starting port) related to the electric equipment is opened: Reapply power When the power is not turned on again, the error state ends after 60 seconds. When the game ball is detected again during the 60-second error state, the error state ends when 60 seconds have elapsed after the last game ball is detected. To
(3) Error type: Unauthorized prize winning error for distribution prize,
Notification at the time of error: A notification abnormality notification sound is output by the game frame decoration LED,
Cause of the error: When the big prize winning opening is not open, five gaming balls are detected with the big prize winning count switch (the sorting prize detection device).
The state of the gaming machine in error: invalidating the prize winning to the sorting prize winning opening except when the sorting prize winning opening is open,
Measures at the time of error: When the power is turned on again or the power is not turned on again, the error state ends after 60 seconds. When the game ball is detected again during the error state for 60 seconds, the last game ball is detected. The error state is terminated when 60 seconds have elapsed.
(4) Error type: Unusual winning error for normal prize opening,
Notification at the time of error: A notification abnormality notification sound is output by the game frame decoration LED,
Cause of the error: Because the normal big prize opening count switch (normal prize detection device) detected five game balls when the normal big prize opening is not open,
The state of the gaming machine in error: invalidating the regular prize winning entries except when the regular prize opening is open,
Measures at the time of error: If the power is turned on again, or if the power is not turned on again, the error state will end after 60 seconds. If a game ball is detected again during the 60-second error state, the last game ball will be The error state is terminated when 60 seconds have elapsed after detection.
(5) Error type: illegal sphere error,
Notification at the time of error: Notification by game frame decoration LED, output of abnormal notification sound,
Cause of error: Because two illegal ball switches are detected by the illegal ball switch,
Status of gaming machine in error: No change in gaming machine status,
Measures at the time of error: If the power is turned on again, or if the power is not turned on again, the error state will end after 60 seconds. If a game ball is detected again during the 60-second error state, the last game ball will be The error state is terminated when 60 seconds have elapsed after detection.
(6) Error type: magnetic error,
Notification at the time of error: Notification by game frame decoration LED, output of abnormal notification sound,
Cause of error: An abnormal magnetism was given to the gaming machine.
The state of the gaming machine in error: winning at the winning opening, invalidating the passage to the gate, stopping the operation of the electric accessory, the large winning opening, the auxiliary gaming symbol display device, the main gaming symbol display device,
Measures at the time of error: Remove the abnormal magnetism and turn on the power again. If you do not turn on the power again, press the backup clear switch (RAM clear button).
(7) Error type: radio wave error,
Notification at the time of error: Notification by game frame decoration LED, output of abnormal notification sound,
Cause of error: Because an abnormal radio wave was given to the gaming machine,
The state of the gaming machine in error: winning at the winning opening, invalidating the passage to the gate, stopping the operation of the electric accessory, the large winning opening, the auxiliary gaming symbol display device, the main gaming symbol display device,
Measures at the time of error: Stop abnormal radio waves and turn on the power again. If the power is not turned on again, press the backup clear switch (RAM clear button).
(8) Error type: abnormal discharge error,
Notification at the time of error: Notification by game frame decoration LED, output of abnormal notification sound,
Cause of error: A game ball was detected by the specific area entrance detection device or the discharge ball detection device when no game ball was won at the distribution winning prize opening.
The state of the gaming machine in error: winning at the winning opening, invalidating the passage to the gate, stopping the operation of the electric accessory, the large winning opening, the auxiliary gaming symbol display device, the main gaming symbol display device,
Measures when an error occurs: Press the backup clear switch (RAM clear button) to turn the power on again or not
(9) Error type: residual sphere error,
Notification at the time of error: Notification by game frame decoration LED, output of abnormal notification sound,
Cause of error: Even if 30 seconds have elapsed after the game ball is detected by the distribution prize detection device (after the last detection when two or more balls are detected), the discharge ball detection device and the specific area entrance detection device Since the total number of game balls passed is less than the number of game balls passed by the allocation prize detection device,
The state of the gaming machine in error: The operation of the main game symbol display device is stopped, and the operation of the normal prize opening is not normally started.
Measures at the time of error: When the power is turned on again and the power is not turned on again, the total number of game balls passed through the discharge ball detection device and the specific area entrance detection device is the number of game balls passed through the sorting prize detection device Meet,
(10) Type of error: Electric prize winning abnormality,
Notification at error: Door left LED, door right LED, door top LED, saucer back LED, saucer LED lights red,
Notification at the time of error: Rotating body (member that influences whether or not to enter the V prize opening as well as the shielding member) Base LED, bottom right LED of sub tray, sub input button LED, rotating body LED blinks white, error sound effect Output, error notification display,
Cause of error: 6 or more prizes were won at the second main game starting port during the period from the start of opening of the electric accessory to the end of operation (or the end of operation waiting demo time), or the second main game during a period other than the above Because 5 or more game balls have been won at the game start opening, or 1 or more game balls have been won at the second main game start opening after the occurrence of a winning abnormality,
Status of gaming machine in error: Suspend gaming state
Measures in case of error: Turn on the power again with the door open.
(11) Error type: abnormal discharge
Error notification: Door left LED, door right LED, door top LED, saucer back LED, saucer LED lights red, rotating body base LED, saucer right bottom LED, sub input button LED, rotating body LED blinks white, error Output sound effect, display error notification,
Cause of error: Because the total number of game balls that passed through the V winning opening and the discharge opening continued to be different from the total number of gaming balls that won the big winning opening for 60 seconds,
Status of gaming machine in error: no change,
Measures at the time of error: When the power is turned on again, or when the total number of balls received at the grand prize opening matches the number of passes through the V prize opening and the outlet,
(12) Error type: 2nd grand prize opening operation abnormality,
Error notification: Door left LED, door right LED lights red,
Cause of error: 2nd grand prize opening solenoid did not operate in advance,
Status of gaming machine in error: no change,
Measures at the time of error: When the power is turned on again, when the power is not turned on, the error display is terminated when 30 seconds have elapsed after the occurrence of the abnormality.
(13) Error type: shielding member operation abnormality,
Error notification: Door left LED, door right LED lights red,
Cause of error: The shielding member solenoid did not operate in advance.
Status of gaming machine in error: no change,
Measures at the time of error: When the power is turned on again, when the power is not turned on, the error display is terminated when 30 seconds have elapsed after the occurrence of the abnormality.
(14) Error type: Passing specified symbol specific area,
Error notification: Door left LED, door right LED, door top LED, saucer back LED, saucer LED lights red, rotating body base LED, saucer right bottom LED, sub input button LED, rotating body LED blinks white, error Output sound effect, display error notification,
Cause of error: When the opening mode of the second big prize opening is short opening (opening mode in which the gaming ball should not enter the V winning opening), when the gaming ball enters the V winning opening,
Status of gaming machine in error: no change,
Measures at the time of error: When the power is turned on again, when the power is not turned on, the abnormal lamp display is terminated when 300 seconds have elapsed after the occurrence of the abnormality, and the display of the abnormality notification sound and the abnormality notification screen is terminated after 180 seconds.
(15) Type of error: non-time / short-time electric equipment prize,
Error notification: Door left LED, door right LED, door top LED, saucer back LED, saucer LED lights red, rotating body base LED, saucer right bottom LED, sub input button LED, rotating body LED blinks white, error Output sound effect, display error notification,
Cause of error: One or more prizes were won at the second main game start port during the period from the start of opening of the electric accessory to the end of operation (or the expiration of the operation end standby demo time) in the non-time-reduced game state.
Status of gaming machine in error: no change,
Measures at the time of error: When the power is turned on again, when the power is not turned on, the error display is terminated when 300 seconds have elapsed after the occurrence of the abnormality.
(16) Type of error: abnormal winning prize winning,
Error notification: Door left LED, door right LED, door top LED, saucer back LED, saucer LED lights red, rotating body base LED, saucer right bottom LED, sub input button LED, rotating body LED blinks white, error Output sound effect, display error notification,
Cause of error: Since a total of 15 or more winning prizes were won during the period from the start of the small hit game to the end of the small hit game ending demo time, special games triggered by winning the V winning opening After the first round, the number of winnings and the number of winnings at the grand prize opening are consistent, and a special number of A or more is won at the big prize opening by the end of the special game. Because a predetermined number B or more have been won in the big prize opening by the end of the special game in the period from the end of the first round in the game to the end of the special game, or because a predetermined number C or more has been won in the big prize opening in a period other than the above, Because a predetermined number D or more was won in the big prize opening after the prize abnormality occurred,
Status of gaming machine in error: no change,
Measures at the time of error: When the power is turned on again, when the power is not turned on, the abnormality lamp display is terminated when 300 seconds have elapsed after the occurrence of the abnormality, and the abnormality notification sound and the abnormality notification screen are terminated after 90 seconds.
(17) Error type: magnetic sensor error,
Error notification: Door left LED, door right LED, door top LED, saucer back LED, saucer LED lights red, rotating body base LED, saucer right bottom LED, sub input button LED, rotating body LED blinks white, error Output sound effect, display error notification,
Cause of error: Magnetic sensor detected magnetism,
The state of the gaming machine in error: interrupt the gaming state,
Measures in case of error: Turn on the power again with the door open.
(18) Error type: disconnection / short circuit error,
Error notification: The door left LED lights blue,
Cause of error occurrence: Since various start entrance ball detection devices, V winning entrance entrance detection devices, each big entrance entrance entrance detection device and discharge ball detection device are disconnected or short-circuited,
The state of the gaming machine in error: The ball detection device does not detect a winning at a winning opening that is disconnected or short-circuited,
Measures at the time of error: Return the switch to the normal state, terminate the error display 60 seconds after the disconnection or short circuit occurs,
(19) Error type: 1st main game start opening prize abnormality,
Error notification: Door left LED, door right LED, door top LED, saucer back LED, saucer LED lights red, rotating body base LED, saucer right bottom LED, sub input button LED, rotating body LED blinks white, error Output sound effect, display error notification,
Cause of error: Since the number of winnings at the first main game starting port and the number of detections of the fraud prevention switch were monitored since the power was turned on, the number of winnings at the first main game starting port was more than 100.
Status of gaming machine in error: no change,
Measures at the time of error: When the power is turned on again, when the power is not turned on, the abnormality lamp display is terminated when 300 seconds have elapsed after the occurrence of the abnormality, and the abnormality notification sound and the abnormality notification screen are terminated after 90 seconds.
(20) Error type: 2nd main game start opening prize abnormality,
Error notification: Door left LED, door right LED, door top LED, saucer back LED, saucer LED lights red, rotating body base LED, saucer right bottom LED, sub input button LED, rotating body LED blinks white, error Output sound effect, display error notification,
Cause of error: The number of prizes received at the second grand prize opening and the number of detections of the fraud prevention switch were monitored since the power was turned on, and there were more than 10 prizes at the second big prize opening.
Status of gaming machine in error: no change,
Measures at the time of error: When the power is turned on again, when the power is not turned on, the abnormality lamp display is terminated when 300 seconds have elapsed after the occurrence of the abnormality, and the abnormality notification sound and the abnormality notification screen are terminated after 90 seconds.
(21) Error type: specific region passing abnormality,
Error notification: Door left LED, door right LED, door top LED, saucer back LED, saucer LED lights red, rotating body base LED, saucer right bottom LED, sub input button LED, rotating body LED blinks white, error Output sound effect, display error notification,
Cause of error: Monitors the number of specific area entrance detection device passages and the number of detections of the fraud prevention switch from when the power is turned on, and notifies when the number of specific area entrance detection device passages is 3 or more (after notification, or Clear the number when power is turned on again),
Status of gaming machine in error: no change,
Measures at the time of error: When the power is turned on again, when the power is not turned on, the abnormality lamp display is terminated when 300 seconds have elapsed after the occurrence of the abnormality, and the abnormality notification sound and the abnormality notification screen are terminated after 90 seconds.
(22) Error type: residual sphere alignment abnormality,
Error notification: Frame decoration LED 1 lights red and frame decoration LED 2 lights, an error is displayed on the production display device, and sound is output.
Cause of error: The game ball that won the distribution big prize opening does not pass through the V prize opening or the outlet until a certain time has passed.
Status of gaming machine in error: error display,
Measures at the time of error: Turn on the power again or clear the RAM, and if the game ball remains at the distribution prize winning opening, pass the game ball to the discharge opening.
(23) Error type: Distribution prize winning solenoid operation error,
Notification at the time of error: Frame decoration LED1 lights red and frame decoration LED2, board decoration LED lights, error is displayed on the production display device, sound effect is output,
Cause of error: An error occurred in the distribution solenoid award operation.
Status of gaming machine in error: error display, abnormal information output to hall computer,
Measures in case of error: Display until a certain period of time,
(24) Error type: Induction lever solenoid operation error
Notification at the time of error: Frame decoration LED1 lights red and frame decoration LED2, board decoration LED lights, error is displayed on the production display device, sound effect is output,
Cause of error: An error occurred in the operation of the induction lever solenoid.
Status of gaming machine in error: error display, abnormal information output to hall computer,
Measures in case of error: Display until a certain period of time,
(25) Error type: normal right-hand hit big hit,
Notification at the time of error: The frame decoration LED 1 is lit red and the frame decoration LED 2, the panel decoration LED is lit, and an error is displayed on the effect display device.
Cause of error: In the non-time-reduced gaming state, a big hit symbol is displayed on the main game symbol display device, or a game ball that has won the distribution big prize entrance has entered the V prize entrance,
Status of gaming machine in error: error display, abnormal information output to hall computer,
Measures in case of error: Displayed until the jackpot ends
(26) Type of error: Unauthorized prize winning at the distribution award,
Notification at the time of error: Frame decoration LED 1 is lit red and frame decoration LED 2, panel decoration LED, upper right frame LED is lit, error is displayed on production display device, sound and sound effect are output,
Cause of error: Outside of the effective time, the game ball has entered the distribution prize box or has passed the V prize or outlet, and the game ball has entered the distribution prize box or has passed the V prize or outlet. ,
Status of gaming machine in error: error display, abnormal information output to hall computer,
Measures in case of error: Display until a certain period of time,
(27) Error type: Unusual winning prizes
Notification at the time of error: The frame decoration LED is lit red and the frame decoration LED2, the panel decoration LED, the upper right frame LED is lit, an error is displayed on the effect display device, and sound and sound effects are output.
Cause of the error: Since the game ball won the regular prize opening outside the valid time,
Status of gaming machine in error: error display, abnormal information output to hall computer,
Measures in case of error: Display until a certain period of time,
(28) Error type: radio wave detection,
Error notification: Frame decoration LED 1 blinks red, frame decoration LED 2, panel decoration LED, upper right frame LED lights, error is displayed on production display device, monitor LED 3 blinks, audio and sound effects are output,
Cause of error: An abnormal radio wave was detected from outside the gaming machine.
Status of gaming machine in error: error display, abnormal information output to hall computer,
Measures for errors: Displayed until a certain time has elapsed, but detection is disabled for 1 second after detection.
(29) Error type: game stop,
Error notification: Frame decoration LED 1 lights red and frame decoration LED 2, panel decoration LED lights, error is displayed on the production display device, LEDs on the main control board are all turned off, moving parts are activated, monitor LED 3 is turned on, Status display flashes “5”, outputs sound and sound effect,
Cause of error: Since the magnetic sensor has detected a magnet, the game ball has passed the sorting prize detection device, the discharge ball detection device, or the V prize mouth entrance detection device while the vibration sensor is detecting strong vibration.
The state of the gaming machine in error: suspension of functions related to gaming, error display, output of abnormal information to the hall computer,
Action in case of error: Turn on the power again or clear the RAM.
(30) Error type: abnormal winning,
Notification at the time of error: “Illegal prize error” is displayed on the production display device, the frame decoration indicator lamp, the decoration indicator lamp is lit, and the sound effect is output.
Cause of the error: Winning the normal prize winning opening while the distribution winning prize opening is open, or winning the distribution high winning prize while the normal winning opening is open,
Status of gaming machine in error: no change,
Measures at the time of error: When the RAM clear button is pressed and the power is turned on again, when the power is not turned on again, the error display is terminated when 30 seconds have elapsed after the occurrence of the abnormality.
(31) Error type: Switch error error,
Notification at the time of error: “Error 1” is displayed on the effect display device, the frame decoration indicator lamp, the decoration indicator lamp blinks, and the sound effect is output.
Cause of error: The game ball that has passed through the winning ball detection device does not detect the winning confirmation detection device,
Status of gaming machine in error: no change,
Measures at the time of error: When the RAM clear button is pressed and the power is turned on again, when the power is not turned on again, the error display is terminated when 300 seconds have elapsed after the occurrence of the abnormality.
(32) Error type: 2nd main game start opening abnormal prize,
Error notification: No display,
Cause of error: Since two or more game balls entered the second main game start port other than during the driving of the electric accessory,
Status of gaming machine in error: no change,
Measures at the time of error: Check whether the electric utility works normally.
(33) Error type: sub-control board error,
Error notification: The peripheral power indicator is off.
Cause of error: An error in the sub control board was detected.
The state of the gaming machine in error: the display of the effect display device stops,
Measures at the time of error: Turn on the power again and check whether the same error occurs or not.
(34) Error type: magnet sensor error,
Notification at the time of error: “Magnet error” is displayed on the effect display device, the frame decoration indicator lamp, the decoration indicator lamp blinks, and the sound effect is output.
Cause of error: The magnet sensor detected abnormal magnetism.
Status of gaming machine in error: no change,
Measures at the time of error: Remove the cause of abnormal magnetism, and turn on the power again with the RAM clear switch pressed. If the power is not turned on again, the error display will be terminated when 300 seconds have elapsed after the occurrence of the error. ,
(35) Error type: radio wave sensor error,
Notification at the time of error: “Radio wave error” is displayed on the effect display device, the frame decoration indicator lamp, the decoration indicator lamp blinks, and the sound effect is output.
Cause of error: The radio sensor detected an abnormal radio wave.
Status of gaming machine in error: no change,
Measures at the time of error: Remove the cause of abnormal radio waves and turn on the power again with the RAM clear switch (RAM clear button) pressed.
(36) Error type: vibration motor error error,
Notification in case of error: The effect display device displays “Please turn off the power to the machine failure error power”, blinks the frame decoration indicator light, the decoration indicator light, outputs the sound effect,
Cause of error: A vibration motor error was detected.
Status of gaming machine in error: no change,
Measures at the time of error: Turn on the power again and check whether the vibration motor is faulty by checking if the same error occurs.
(37) Error type: abnormal winning mouth abnormal discharge error,
Notification at the time of error: “Large winning mouth prize abnormal discharge error” is displayed on the production display device,
Turn on the frame decoration indicator light, decoration indicator light,
Cause of the error: More game balls than the game balls won during the opening of the distribution prize winning opening have passed through the outlet or specific area in the distribution winning prize opening.
Status of gaming machine in error: no change,
Measures at the time of error: When the RAM clear switch is pressed, turn on the power again. If the power is not turned on again, the error display is terminated after 300 seconds have elapsed after the occurrence of an error.
(38) Error type: Unmatched ball entry / exit error,
Notification at the time of error: “Large prize entry / exit ball mismatch error” is displayed on the effect display device, the frame decoration indicator lamp, the decoration indicator lamp is lit, the sound effect is output,
Cause of error: Because more game balls than the game balls won during the opening of the allocation prize winning opening have passed through the discharge outlet or a specific area in the distribution winning prize opening, the main game symbol display device and the prize winning opening are activated. Stop,
State of gaming machine in error: Stop operation of main game symbol display device and special prize opening,
Measures in case of error: Release the clogged ball in the big prize winning slot and turn on the power with the RAM clear button pressed.
(39) Error type: command error,
Error notification: Error display LED displays “6”.
Cause of error: The main control board and payout control board are not connected correctly.
Status of gaming machine in error: no change,
Action in case of error: Check the connection between the main control board and the payout control board.
(40) Error type: main control connection error,
Error notification: Error display LED displays “6”.
Cause of error: The main control board and the payout control board are not connected.
Status of gaming machine in error: no change,
Action in case of error: Check the connection between the main control board and the payout control board.
(41) Error type: gaming ball etc. lending device disconnected error,
Error notification: Error display LED displays “7”,
Cause of the error: The game ball rental device is not connected to the gaming machine.
The state of the gaming machine in error: the operation of the launcher is stopped,
Measures in case of error: Connect a lending device such as a game ball,
(42) Error type: gaming ball lending device communication error,
Notification on error: No notification,
Cause of the error: The game ball lending device is not properly connected to the gaming machine.
Status of gaming machine in error: no change,
Measures when an error occurs: Check the connection between the gaming machine and the rental device such as a game ball,
(43) Error type: magnetic detection abnormality 1,
Notification when an error occurs: “Please call a clerk, error 13, magnetic detection error 1, please turn on the power again” is displayed on the effect display device, the error notification LED is lit, and a sound effect is output.
Cause of error: Magnetic sensors 1-1 to 1-3 detected magnetism.
The state of the gaming machine in error: stop the game,
Measures in case of error: Turn on the power again,
(44) Error type: magnetic detection abnormality 2,
Notification in case of error: “Please call a clerk, error 14, magnetic detection error 2, please turn on the power again” is displayed on the effect display device, the error notification LED is lit, and a sound effect is output.
Cause of error: Magnetic sensors 2-1 and 2-2 detected magnetism.
The state of the gaming machine in error: stop the game,
Measures in case of error: Turn on the power again,
(45) Error type: Extra prize winning abnormal prize,
Notification at the time of error: “Error 20, large prize opening abnormal winning” is displayed on the effect display device, the abnormality notification LED is lit, the fraud notification LED is lit,
Cause of error: In addition to the period from the start of the operation of the normal prize opening to the end of a certain period of time after the operation is finished, a certain amount of time elapses after the operation ends from the start of the operation of the normal prize winning or the distribution prize winning gate. Because the game ball won the distribution big prize opening other than the period until
The state of the gaming machine in error: Even if the game ball wins the big prize opening, the game ball is not paid out.
Measures at the time of error: The error display is terminated when 10 seconds have elapsed after the occurrence of an error.
(46) Error type: Ordinary electric equipment abnormal prize,
Notification at the time of error: “Error 26, abnormal winning of electric accessory” is displayed on the effect display device, the abnormality notification LED is lit, the fraud notification LED is lit,
Cause of error: During the period from when the power is turned on until the electric tool is activated, the second main game is started during the period from the winning of the second main game starting port or the end of the operation of the electric character until the start of the next operation. Since a certain number of game balls won in the mouth,
State of gaming machine in error: Even if the game ball wins the second main game starting port, the game ball is not paid out.
Measures at the time of error: The error display is terminated when 10 seconds have elapsed after the occurrence of an error.
(47) Error type: Probability variation area abnormal passing,
Notification at the time of error: “Error 29, probability variation area abnormal passing” is displayed on the effect display device, the abnormality notification LED is lit, the fraud notification LED is lit,
Cause of error: Because the game ball has passed through a specific area other than the period from when the shielding member starts to operate until a certain period of time has elapsed since the end of the certain operation,
State of gaming machine in error: Even if a game ball passes a specific area, the passing is invalid,
Measures at the time of error: The error display is terminated when 10 seconds have elapsed after the occurrence of an error.
(48) Type of error: simultaneous prize winning at the same time,
Notification at the time of error: “Error 33, simultaneous winning a prize winning” is displayed on the effect display device, the abnormality notification LED is turned on, and a sound effect is output.
Cause of the error: Because it was detected at the same time the winning ball and the game ball passing to the normal outlet at the same time,
Status of gaming machine in error: no change,
Measures at the time of error: The error display is terminated when 30 seconds have elapsed after the occurrence of the abnormality.
(49) Error type: abnormal winning mouth abnormal discharge,
Notification at the time of error: “Error 34, abnormal winning mouth abnormal discharge” is displayed on the effect display device, the abnormality notification LED is turned on, and a sound effect is output.
Cause of error: Despite having not won the distribution big prize opening, because it detected the passing of the game ball to the specific area or outlet,
Status of gaming machine in error: no change,
Measures at the time of error: The error display is terminated when 30 seconds have elapsed after the occurrence of the abnormality.
(50) Error type: Inconsistent ball entering / exiting the big prize opening
Notification at the time of error: “Error 35, big prize entry and exit ball mismatch” is displayed on the effect display device, the abnormality notification LED is turned on, and a sound effect is output.
Cause of the error: Even after the distribution prize winning opening, the game ball remained in the distribution prize winning opening.
The state of the gaming machine in error: The operation of the main game symbol display device and the big prize opening is stopped.
Measures at the time of error: When all the game balls in the distribution prize winning gate are exhausted, the error display is terminated.
(51) Error type: illegal radio wave detection,
Notification at the time of error: “Error 40, illegal radio wave detection” is displayed on the effect display device, the abnormality notification LED is turned on, and a sound effect is output.
Cause of error: Radio sensors 1 and 2 detected radio waves,
Status of gaming machine in error: no change,
Measures at the time of error: The error display is terminated when 30 seconds have elapsed after the occurrence of the abnormality.
(52) Type of error: excessive winning mouth prize winning abnormality,
Notification at the time of error: “Error 41, excessive winning mouth prize winning abnormality” is displayed on the effect display device, the abnormality notification LED is turned on, and a sound effect is output.
Cause of the error: There were more than a certain number of rounds where more than a certain number of game balls were won in the big prize opening that was open during special games.
Status of gaming machine in error: no change,
Measures at the time of error: The error display is terminated when 30 seconds have elapsed after the occurrence of the abnormality.
(53) Error type: command error,
Error notification: Error display LED displays “6”.
Cause of error: The main control board and payout control board are not connected correctly.
Status of gaming machine in error: no change,
Action in case of error: Check the connection between the main control board and the payout control board.
(54) Error type: gaming ball etc. lending device disconnected error,
Error notification: Error display LED displays “7”,
Cause of the error: The game ball rental device is not connected to the gaming machine.
The state of the gaming machine in error: the operation of the launcher is stopped,
Measures in case of error: Connect a lending device such as a game ball,
(55) Error type: gaming ball lending device communication error,
Notification on error: No notification,
Cause of the error: The game ball lending device is not properly connected to the gaming machine.
Status of gaming machine in error: no change,
Measures when an error occurs: Check the connection between the gaming machine and the rental device such as a game ball,
(56) Error type: magnetic detection abnormality,
Notification in case of error: “Please call a clerk, magnetic detection error, please turn on the power again” is displayed on the effect display device, the glass frame LED is lit, and the sound effect is output.
Cause of error: Magnetic sensors 1-6 detected magnetism,
The state of the gaming machine in error: stop the game,
Measures in case of error: Turn on the power again,
(57) Type of error: excess prize for electric power
Notification in case of error: “Please call a clerk, please re-power on the power supply” on the production display device, turn on the glass frame LED, output sound effect,
Cause of error: Since 14 or more game balls were won at the second main game starting port during the period from the start of the operation of the electric game to the start of the next operation of the electric game,
The state of the gaming machine in error: stop the game,
Measures in case of error: Turn on the power again,
(58) Error type: open notification,
Notification in case of error: The effect display device displays “Door is open” or “Frame is open”, turns on the glass frame LED, outputs sound effect,
Cause of error: The glass door is open or the inner frame is open.
Status of gaming machine in error: no change,
Measures in case of error: Re-turn on the power, open the glass door, or open the inner frame,
(59) Type of error: Distribution prize winning opening abnormal,
Notification at the time of error: The display device displays “Distribution large prize opening abnormality”, the glass frame LED is turned on, and the sound effect is output.
Cause of the error: Even though the opportunity to open the distribution prize opening was established, the distribution prize opening did not open.
Status of gaming machine in error: no change,
Measures at the time of error: The error display is terminated when 30 seconds have elapsed after the occurrence of the abnormality.
(60) Type of error: simultaneous prize winning at the same time,
Notification at the time of error: “Large winning mouth simultaneous winning” is displayed on the effect display device, the glass frame LED is turned on, and the sound effect is output.
Cause of the error: Because we won both the normal prize winning entrance and the distribution big prize winning opening at the same time,
Status of gaming machine in error: no change,
Measures at the time of error: The error display is terminated when 30 seconds have elapsed after the occurrence of the abnormality.
(61) Error type: abnormal discharge of sorting prizes,
Notification at the time of an error: “Distribution large prize mouth abnormal discharge” is displayed on the effect display device, the glass frame LED is turned on, and a sound effect is output.
Cause of error: Despite having not won the distribution big prize opening, because it detected the passing of the game ball in the specific area entrance detection device and the discharge ball detection device,
Status of gaming machine in error: no change,
Measures at the time of error: The error display is terminated when 30 seconds have elapsed after the occurrence of the abnormality.
(62) Error type: Unmatched ball in the big prize winning entry,
Notification in case of error: “Please call a clerk, disagreement with the big prize winning entry / exit ball” is displayed on the production display device, the LED on the glass frame is lit, and the sound effect is output.
Cause of error: Even after closing the distribution prize winning gate, game balls remained in the distribution prize winning opening.
The state of the gaming machine in error: The operation of the main game symbol display device and the big prize opening is stopped.
Measures at the time of error: When all the game balls in the distribution prize winning gate are exhausted, the error display is terminated.
(63) Type of error: abnormal winning of electric accessory,
Notification at the time of error: “Electric power item abnormal winning” is displayed on the effect display device, the glass frame LED is lit,
Cause of error: Because the game ball won the second main game start port when the non-time-reduced game state and the electric accessory was not activated,
Status of gaming machine in error: no change,
Measures at the time of error: The error display is terminated when 10 seconds have elapsed after the occurrence of an error.
(64) Error type: specific area abnormal passage,
Notification at the time of error: “Specific area abnormal passing” is displayed on the effect display device, the glass frame LED is lit,
Cause of the error: Because the game ball passed to the specific area outside the valid period of the specific area,
Status of gaming machine in error: no change,
Measures at the time of error: The error display is terminated when 10 seconds have elapsed after the occurrence of an error.
(65) Error type: abnormal prize winning at the distribution prize,
Notification at the time of error: The display device displays “Distribution large prize mouth abnormal winning”, the glass frame LED is turned on,
Cause of the error: The game ball won a prize at the sorting prize box when the sorting prize box was closed.
Status of gaming machine in error: no change,
Measures at the time of error: The error display is terminated when 10 seconds have elapsed after the occurrence of an error.
(66) Type of error: normal prize mouth abnormal prize winning,
Notification at the time of error: "Normal prize winning opening abnormal winning" is displayed on the effect display device, the glass frame LED is lit,
Cause of the error: The game ball won a prize at the regular prize opening when the regular prize opening was closed.
Status of gaming machine in error: no change,
Measures at the time of error: The error display is terminated when 10 seconds have elapsed after the occurrence of an error.
You may comprise as follows.

  In addition, as a notification mode at the time of occurrence of a vibration error according to this example, a transmissive liquid crystal may be used. For example, a light source and an accessory are provided on the back side (as viewed from the player) from the effect display device 2140. By outputting light from the light source, the effect display device 2140 can display the effect. Further, when the transmission effect is executed, the effect on the effect display device 2140 is not displayed, and the accessory inside the effect display device 2140 can be visually recognized. In addition, the structure which displays an effect on the effect display apparatus 2140 is not limited to this, What is necessary is just to be comprised so that the effect display apparatus 2140 can be switched to a permeation | transmission state and a non-transmission state. It may be changed (for example, light is output obliquely behind the effect display device 2140), or a light guide plate (a transmissive plate that scatters light emitted from the light emitting elements incident from the side surface in the vertical direction) Display area (so-called edge light type), display area made of organic EL, and the like. Moreover, as an example of the error notification mode using the light guide plate, the light guide plate is arranged on the front side (the front side when viewed from the player) of the effect display device 2140, and the first vibration error (second vibration error than the second vibration error). When a non-critical vibration error) occurs, the effect executed in the decorative symbol display area 2311 of the effect display device 2140 is continued even after the error occurs, and the effect related to the error notification is executed only on the light guide plate. When a second vibration error (vibration error that is more serious than the first vibration error) occurs, the frame LED is turned on when an error occurs, and an error notification effect is executed in the decorative symbol display area 2311, and the light guide plate It may be configured such that an effect relating to error notification is executed.

(Error control)
Next, FIG. 84 and FIG. 85 are examples of processing when an error occurs, which can be applied to the gaming machine according to the present example. An example of processing when an error occurs will be described with reference to FIG.

  First, FIG. 84 will be described. As an error relating to the game ball discharge; the payout control board refers to the counter of itself; when the counter reaches a predetermined number (the cumulative number of excessive payouts exceeds the allowable number); the payout operation is stopped , And error display (displays the error number (1) on the 7-segment display. Also, when the power is turned off, the payout operation is canceled and the error number is not displayed. When an error related to another game ball payout overlaps, the stop of the payout operation is maintained, and the notification control is configured so that a high priority is preferentially displayed. Error notification may be executed by error display, frame decoration LED blinking, and error notification sound reproduction.

  Next, as an error related to the game ball payout; the payout control board refers to the count sensor; when an abnormal signal is detected from the sensor; the payout operation is stopped, and the error indicator (7-segment indicator) The error number (3) is displayed. Further, when the power supply is turned off, the payout operation is resumed and the error display is not displayed. In addition, when it overlaps with the error which concerns on other game ball payout, it is comprised so that a thing with a high priority may be preferentially displayed about the stop of payout operation | movement and alerting | reporting control. The error number displayed on the error display (7-segment display) is merely an example, and the error number may be different for each item.

  Next, as an error relating to game ball payout; the payout control board refers to the count sensor; when a ball entry signal from the sensor is detected when payout control is not executed; the payout operation is stopped; and an error indicator The error number (5) is displayed on the (7-segment display). Also, by operating the error release switch; resuming the payout operation and not displaying the error display. In addition, when it overlaps with the error which concerns on other game ball payout, it is comprised so that a thing with a high priority may be preferentially displayed about the stop of payout operation | movement and alerting | reporting control. The error number displayed on the error display (7-segment display) is merely an example, and the error number may be different for each item.

  Next, as an error relating to the game ball payout; the payout control board refers to the count sensor; and when a ball entry signal exceeding the predetermined number is detected from the sensor before completion of execution of the predetermined number of payout control; The payout operation is stopped and the error number (5) is displayed on the error display (7-segment display). Also, by operating the error release switch; resuming the payout operation and not displaying the error display. In addition, when it overlaps with the error which concerns on other game ball payout, it is comprised so that a thing with a high priority may be preferentially displayed about the stop of payout operation | movement and alerting | reporting control. The error number displayed on the error display (7-segment display) is merely an example, and the error number may be different for each item.

  Next, as an error relating to game ball payout; the payout control board refers to the payout motor sensor; and when the payout motor driving for one game ball is completed, the sprocket is not rotationally displaced by a predetermined angle; The payout operation is stopped (or the retry operation is executed), and the error number (7) is displayed on the error display (7-segment display). In addition, when an error release switch is operated or a predetermined period (for example, 2 minutes) elapses after an error occurs; the payout operation is resumed and the error display is not displayed. In addition, when it overlaps with the error which concerns on other game ball payout, it is comprised so that a thing with a high priority may be preferentially displayed about the stop of payout operation | movement and alerting | reporting control. The error number displayed on the error display (7-segment display) is merely an example, and the error number may be different for each item.

  Next, as an error relating to the game ball payout; the payout control board refers to the count sensor; when the predetermined number of payout controls have been executed (or when a predetermined period has elapsed after completion), the predetermined number of minutes from the sensor When a less-than-entering ball signal is detected; the payout operation is stopped (or the low-speed payout operation is executed), and the error number (7) is displayed on the error display (7-segment display). Further, when an error release switch is operated or a predetermined period (for example, 2 minutes) has elapsed since the error occurred; In addition, when it overlaps with the error which concerns on other game ball payout, it is comprised so that a thing with a high priority may be preferentially displayed about the stop of payout operation | movement and alerting | reporting control. The error number displayed on the error display (7-segment display) is merely an example, and the error number may be different for each item.

  Next, as an error relating to an abnormal winning; the main control board; refers to the first (second) big prize opening sensor; the first (second) big outside the first (second) big prize opening validity period When a game ball entering the winning opening is detected (* However, during execution of a special game, it may be detected a predetermined number of times during the execution of one special game); Illumination, error display on the effect display device, and error notification sound reproduction are executed. Further, when the RAM clear button is pressed, the power is turned on again, or when a predetermined time (30 seconds) elapses after the error occurs; the error notification is terminated.

  Next, as an error related to door opening; the payout control board refers to the door open sensor; when the door open sensor changes from off to on; stop payout operation, prohibit ball lending, and frame decoration LED Flashing, error display on the effect display device, error notification sound reproduction, reproduction of a dedicated entry sound effect when entry to the first (second) main game start opening or auxiliary game start opening is detected, Run. Further, when the door opening sensor changes from on to off; the payout operation is resumed, the ball lending is permitted, and the error display, error notification sound reproduction, and ball effect sound reproduction are finished (even after the error is released, The blinking of the frame decoration LED continues until the predetermined time elapses). In addition, when it overlaps with an error related to other special winning opening abnormality detection, suspension of the payout operation and prohibition of ball lending are maintained, and regarding the notification control, the special winning opening abnormality detection is prioritized. . Further, the detection subject may be the main control board, or when an error with a high priority (for example, a prize winning port abnormality detection) occurs, a measure relating to the error with a high priority may be preferentially executed. In addition, the time from the error release to the end of the error notification sound playback can be within the shortest fluctuation time of the main game symbol, while the time from the error release to the end of the blinking of the frame decoration LED is the shortest fluctuation of the main game symbol Note that it is configured to exceed time.

  Next, as an error related to the frame; the payout control board refers to the frame open sensor; when the frame open sensor changes from off to on; stop payout operation, prohibit ball lending, and blink the frame decoration LED Then, error display and error notification sound reproduction are executed on the effect display device. Further, when the opening detection sensor of the front frame unit changes from on to off; the reproduction of the error display and the error notification sound is terminated (the frame decoration LED continues to blink until a predetermined time elapses after the error is released). The detection subject may be a main control board.

  Next, as an error relating to the detection of a prize winning hole abnormality; the main control board refers to the first (second) prize winning hole sensor; the first (second) prize winning port outside the valid period 2) When a game ball is detected to enter the big prize opening; invalidation of the ball associated with the error occurrence, lighting of the frame decoration LED / board decoration LED / monitor LED, and error display on the effect display device , Error notification sound reproduction. Further, when the power is turned on again or the opening detection sensor of the front frame unit changes from on to off; the error notification is terminated. Note that the frame decoration LED (and the board decoration LED) is not blinking but is lit. Further, although the error canceling condition for the frame opening is the same, the lighting condition for the frame decoration LED is different.

  Next, as an error relating to detection of a prize opening abnormality; the main control board refers to: a radio wave sensor, a ball entry sensor for all entrances, and a first (second) big prize opening sensor; Or, it is detected that the ON is continued for a certain time by the out switch, and when a predetermined number or more of the game balls are entered into the special winning opening during the special game; Illumination of the frame decoration LED, the panel decoration LED, and the monitor LED, error display, and error notification sound reproduction are performed on the effect display device SG. Further, when the power is turned on again or the opening detection sensor of the front frame unit changes from on to off; the error notification is terminated. In addition, all the ball entrances are a 1st (2nd) main game start opening, a general prize opening, a 1st (2nd) big prize opening, and an out mouth.

  Next, as an error related to the abnormality in the winning of the ordinary electric game item; the main control board refers to the second main game start port sensor; the second main game during the second main game start port effective period flag off → on → off When a predetermined number A (15 balls) or more enters the game starting port, or when the flag is off during the second main game starting port valid period, the predetermined number B (10 balls) or more When a certain number of game balls have entered, or when a normal electric accessory winning abnormality has occurred (for example, during the occurrence of the error), the game balls have entered a predetermined number C (one ball) or more at the second main game start opening; Sub input button, sub input button decoration LED, and various other LEDs blink or light up, and error display on the production display device {* If the error is not canceled, it ends after a predetermined time A (300 seconds)}, error notification sound Playback {* If the error is not canceled, Running the completion} after B (90 seconds). Also, when the power is turned on again, the error notification is terminated. It should be noted that the occurrence of an error has a predetermined number A> predetermined number B> predetermined number C that does not affect the progress of the game. Moreover, while the display mode of the sub input button system LED does not depend on the effect, the display mode of the effect display device is configured to execute error display while depending on the effect.

  Next, FIG. 85 will be described. As an error related to the big prize winning prize abnormality; the main control board refers to the first (second) big prize winning hole sensor; the period from small hit execution flag on to small hit ball waiting flag on → off during small hit execution When a predetermined number A (11 balls) of game balls have entered the big winning opening, a predetermined number N of gaming balls have entered the main winning hole based on the main game symbol that has been stopped during the special game. In this case, when the small hit execution flag is off and the condition device operation flag is off {while the first (second) big prize opening valid period flag is off}, a predetermined number B (three balls) of game balls enter the big prize opening. When a ball is played, if a predetermined number C (one ball) is entered in the big prize opening while the big prize opening is abnormal (for example, the error is occurring); sub input button sensor, sub input button decoration LED , Various other LEDs blink or turn on Error Display {if ※ not release error ended after the predetermined time A (300 sec)}, the error notification sound reproduction {if ※ not release error ended after the predetermined time B (90 seconds)} executes. Also, when the power is turned on again, the error notification is terminated. The occurrence of an error does not affect the progress of the game. Further, the predetermined number N is determined by the main game symbol that is stopped, and the predetermined number N can be different even for special games that are configured with the same number of rounds. The predetermined number A> the predetermined number B> the predetermined number C. Further, it is supplemented that the minimum value of the predetermined number N is the same as the value of the predetermined number A when the same big winning opening is opened.

  Next, as an error related to the start opening prize abnormality; the main control board refers to the first main game start opening sensor and the first main game start opening confirmation sensor; 1 When the number of the main game start opening confirmation counter is larger than the predetermined number (100 balls); Jog sensor, jog decoration LED, and other various LEDs blink or light up, error display on the production display device Is finished after a predetermined time A (300 seconds)}, error notification sound reproduction {* if the error is not canceled, end after a predetermined time B (90 seconds)}. Also, when the power is turned on again, the error notification is terminated. The occurrence of an error does not affect the progress of the game. Further, it is preferable that the first main game start port sensor is a non-contact sensor and the first main game start port confirmation sensor is a contact sensor. Further, the first main game start port sensor may be a contact sensor, and the first main game start port confirmation sensor may be a non-contact sensor.

  Next, as an error related to the tray full tank error; the payout control board refers to the lower ball full tank sensor; when the pan full error flag is turned on by the operation of the prize ball payout device or game ball lending device Stop the payout operation and execute error display and error notification sound reproduction on the effect display device. Further, when the pan full error flag is changed from on to off; the payout operation is resumed and the error notification is terminated. Note that the error notification sound is easily obtained when the predetermined main game symbol (big hit symbol) is stopped and the condition device operation flag is turned on (especially, even in a special game constituted by the same number of rounds, It is configured to be played only during a special game related to a long open big hit. The detection subject may be a main control board.

  Next, as an error related to the door opening error; the payout control board refers to the door open sensor and the frame open sensor; when the frame open sensor changes from off to on; Move an accessory (an accessory that does not hinder the visibility of other error notifications) to the initial position, turn on the frame decoration LED, display an error on the effect display device, and reproduce the error notification sound {* A predetermined time from the occurrence of the error End playback after (300 seconds). Further, when the door opening sensor changes from on to off, or when the frame opening sensor changes from on to off; the frame decoration LED is turned on after a predetermined time A (30 seconds) after resuming the payout operation and canceling the error. Turn off the light, end the error display, and end the reproduction of the error notification sound after a predetermined time B (5 seconds) after canceling the error. If the sub-control effector is configured so that it is difficult to visually recognize the error display, it is configured to make it easier to visually recognize other error displays by moving to the initial position when an error occurs. May be. The detection subject may be a main control board.

  Next, as an error related to an abnormal winning; the main control board refers to the second main game starting port sensor and the first (second) large winning port sensor; When a predetermined number A (10 balls) or more of game balls have entered the main game starting port, or when the flag is off during the first (second) big prize opening validity period, the gaming balls are given at the first (second) big prize opening When the ball enters more than several A (10 balls); turn on the frame decoration LED {* turn off the light after a predetermined time A (1 second) from the occurrence of the error}. When a second number of game balls enter the second main game start port when the flag is off during the second main game start port effective period, or during the first (second) large winning port effective period When a predetermined number B (30 balls) or more of game balls have entered the first (second) grand prize opening when the flag is off; the frame decoration LED is lit {* turns off after a predetermined time B (30 seconds) from the occurrence of an error} To do. The occurrence of an error does not affect the progress of the game. In addition, the two error notification modes are characterized in that each error occurrence condition is different and there are two or more triggers for error notification.

  Next, as an error related to the discharge error; the main control board is: a ball entry sensor for all ball entrances and a switch for ball entry confirmation (a switch through which a game ball entering each ball pass passes, Refers to one or more switches that are different from the switch for detecting entrance to the entrance); entrance counter value (for example, number of game balls detected by entrance sensors at all entrances) And the difference between the number of game balls detected by the switch for checking the entry exceeds a predetermined number (100); an error display on the effect display device {* error notification ends after a predetermined time (30 seconds) from the occurrence of the error} , Error notification sound reproduction {* error notification ends after a predetermined time (30 seconds) from the occurrence of error}, frame decoration LED lighting {* error notification ends after a predetermined time (30 seconds) from the occurrence of error}. The occurrence of an error does not affect the progress of the game. In addition, there are more error notification modes and fewer error notification end conditions than abnormal winning errors.

  Next, a transmission signal to the external terminal board applicable to this example will be further illustrated with reference to FIG. It should be noted that the specific content of the signal shown in this example (numerical value, notification mode, treatment at the time of duplication, etc.) is merely an example, and it can be changed without departing from the concept of this example. Keep it.

  First, other signals; a preliminary signal that outputs that the signal is always off; an arbitrary timing after power-on; a signal that always outputs an off signal; In addition, the said signal is a signal from which the presence or absence of use changes according to every development model (complexity of game play).

  Next, it is an IN / OUT signal; the number of game balls that have entered all the entrances (including the out entrance) arranged on the game area (≈ the number of game balls that have been driven into the game area) The signal to be output is: every time the number of game balls detected by the total discharge confirmation sensor reaches a multiple of a predetermined number (10); after outputting an ON signal for 0.2 seconds, for 0.2 seconds This signal outputs an off signal. If the output periods overlap, the next output is waited until the output period of one signal output this time expires.

  Next, it is an IN / OUT signal; a signal that outputs the number of game balls paid out by the gaming machine; every time the number of game balls detected by the payout count sensor reaches a multiple of a predetermined number (10); This is a signal for outputting an off signal for 0.2 seconds after outputting an on signal for 0.2 seconds. If the output periods overlap, the next output is waited until the output period of one signal output this time expires. In addition, when the output timing is satisfied for the first time, the output may be started after a predetermined period (one interrupt = 0.004 seconds), and when the next output is awaited. May be configured to start output immediately after the current output period expires (even if the predetermined period does not elapse).

  Next, it is a signal of the unit monitoring system; a signal that outputs that the glass door of the gaming machine (with the frame body on which the transparent plate is mounted) is being opened; the door unit opening detection sensor is turned off to on When changed {* However, the output timing may be that ON is continued for a predetermined period (0.1 second) after changing from OFF to ON}; During the period when the detection sensor is ON (for example, the door is opened) (While the middle flag is on) is a signal that always outputs an ON signal (* However, after changing from ON to OFF, an ON signal is output until a predetermined period (0.1 second) elapses) May continue}.

  Next, it is a signal of the unit monitoring system; a signal that outputs that the front frame of the gaming machine (the frame body on which the game board is mounted, for example, the front frame unit) is being opened; When the detection sensor changes from off to on {* However, after the change from off to on, the output timing may be that the ON is continued for a predetermined period (0.1 second)}; During a certain period (for example, while the frame open flag is on), it is a signal that always outputs an ON signal {* However, after changing from ON to OFF, a predetermined period (0.1 second) has elapsed. Until this is done, the ON signal may continue to be output}.

  Next, it is a signal of the unit monitoring system; a signal that outputs that the tray frame of the gaming machine (the frame body on which the ball tray is mounted) is being opened; the ball tray unit open detection sensor is turned off to on When changed {* However, the output timing may be that ON is continued for a predetermined period (0.1 second) after changing from OFF to ON}; During the period when the detection sensor is ON, the signal is always ON {* However, after changing from ON to OFF, the ON signal may continue to be output until a predetermined period (0.1 second) elapses}.

  Here, the signals of the three types of unit monitoring systems may be the same output signal according to the configuration between the units. In that case, it is only necessary to continue outputting the ON signal while any of the open detection sensors is ON. Further, the opening detection sensor of each unit may be connected to the main control board or may be connected to the prize ball payout control board side (the main control board and the prize ball payout control board are bidirectional). Because it can communicate).

  Next, it is a signal of the symbol variation system; the signal that outputs the number of symbol variations for all the symbol variations that trigger the opening of the winning prize (attacker) is: the first main game symbol or the second main game When the variation display of the game symbol ends {* Note that after the variation display ends, the period when the symbol is fixedly displayed ends (or when it starts, or during the period) may be output timing. }; A signal that outputs an ON signal for 0.5 seconds. The output period is preferably configured to be shorter than the shortest possible period of the variable display period of the first main game symbol and the second main game symbol. Moreover, you may comprise so that the said signal may be output during the period during the fluctuation fixed time of a main game symbol.

  Next, it is a signal of the symbol variation system; a part of the symbol variation (for example, symbol variation on the second main game side) that triggers the opening of the big prize opening (attacker) is output, and the number of symbol variations is output. The signal to do is: When the variation display of the second main game symbol is finished {* In addition, after the variation display is finished, when the period of the fixed symbol display is completed (or when it is started, during the period) ) May be output timing}; an ON signal is output for 0.5 seconds. The output period is preferably configured to be shorter than the shortest period that the variable display period of the second main game symbol can take.

  Next, it is a signal of a big hit system; a signal that outputs that it is during a period in which the big prize opening (attacker) can be opened (actual accessory continuous operation device is operating); when a special game is started (* The output timing may be before, during, or after the start demonstration period). During the period when the special game is being executed, the signal always outputs an ON signal.

  Next, it is a signal of a big hit system; it is during the period when the big winning opening (attacker) can be opened (during operation of the accessory continuous operation device), and the pattern fluctuation that triggers the opening of the big winning opening (attacker) The signal that outputs that the time-saving game is in progress (the variable time reduction function is in operation) is: when a special game is started and when a time-saving game is started; during a period when the special game is being executed And during the period when the time reduction game is executed, it is a signal that always outputs an on signal.

  Next, there are other signals; information for uniquely identifying the gaming machine is output {* gaming machine manufacturer identification code (2 bytes), gaming machine model name identification code (64 bytes), main board CPU Specific information (chip code register value = 4 bytes) in sequence} signal; any timing after power-on (for example, about 10 seconds after power-on); one frame of the specific information (start bit 1) This is a signal to be output during a period until all bits divided by bit + data bit 8 + parity bit 1 + stop bit 1 bit are output in the serial transmission method (start-stop synchronization, 200 bps). Note that it is preferable that the signal format (rated voltage, rated current) is different from other signal types.

  Next, it is an IN / OUT system signal; a signal for outputting the number of game balls scheduled to be paid out from the gaming machine; When detected, the number of prize balls to be paid out is totaled, and every time the total number of prize balls (for example, the value of the prize ball number counter MHc) reaches a multiple of a predetermined number (10); This is a signal for outputting an OFF signal for 0.1 second after an ON signal is output. If the output periods overlap, the next output is waited until the output period of one signal output this time expires. In addition, when the output timing is satisfied for the first time, the output may be started after a predetermined period (one interrupt = 0.004 seconds), and when the next output is awaited. May be configured to start output immediately after the current output period expires (even if the predetermined period does not elapse).

  Next, it is a security signal; a signal that outputs that a RAM initialization operation has been performed in the gaming machine is; any timing after power-on with a RAM initialization operation {predetermined period after power-on From (after the passage of one interrupt = 0.004 seconds); a signal for outputting an ON signal for 0.2 seconds. The output period may be the same as the output period in the IN / OUT system or the winning detection system.

  Next, it is a security signal; a period other than the period during which the special winning opening (attacker) can be opened (from the operation of the special electric accessory until the elapse of a predetermined period after the operation ends) (for example, the first (second) ) In the period during which the flag for the grand prize winning period is off}, the signal that outputs that the ball entering the big prize winning is detected is; the execution period of each round during the special game (period of waiting for discharge or period between rounds) In the case where a game ball is detected by the entrance sensor at the grand prize opening; an ON signal is output for 0.2 seconds, and then an OFF signal is output for 0.2 seconds. Signal. If the output periods overlap, the next output is waited until the output period of one signal output this time expires.

  Next, it is a security signal; a signal that outputs that there was a magnet sensor error (a sensor that senses the approach of the magnet detects abnormal magnetism); a signal from the magnet sensor that turns on { * However, if the signal is turned on again within a predetermined period (one second) after the signal is turned on, the output timing is not satisfied}; a signal for outputting an on signal for 0.2 seconds. Note that the output periods are configured not to overlap due to the relationship between the output timing and the output period.

  Next, it is a security signal; a signal that outputs that there is a radio wave sensor error (the sensor that senses the radio wave has detected an abnormal radio wave); when the signal from the radio wave sensor is turned on. When the signal is turned on again within a predetermined period (one second) after the signal is turned on, the output timing is not satisfied}; a signal for outputting an on signal for 0.2 seconds. Note that the output periods are configured not to overlap due to the relationship between the output timing and the output period.

  Next, it is a security signal; a signal that outputs that there is a radio wave sensor error (a sensor that senses radio waves detects an abnormal radio wave) on the payout control board side; is input to the payout control board side When the signal from the radio wave sensor is turned on {However, if the signal is turned on again within a predetermined period (1 second) after being turned on, the output timing is not satisfied}; 0.2 seconds It is a signal that outputs an ON signal over a period of time. Note that the output periods cannot overlap due to the relationship between the output timing and the output period. In addition, a command that the signal from the radio wave sensor is turned on is transmitted from the payout control board side to the main control board side, and the main control board that receives the command may output the signal. Good.

  Next, it is a security signal; illegal entry to each winning opening targeted for paying out a prize ball (for example, more than a predetermined number of entries within a predetermined time, and the incoming detection sensor continues ON for a predetermined time or more. , The number of balls entered in the special prize opening during the special game is more than the predetermined number determined for each execution mode of the special game, the number of balls exceeding the design value during a certain valid game period, etc.) The signal that outputs: After one entry is detected by the switch for detecting entry to each prize opening, the events that detected one entry again within a predetermined period for each prize opening are predetermined in total. If it occurs more than once, and 2. 2. a switch for detecting the entrance to each winning opening, when the entrance is continuously detected for a predetermined period; During the execution of a special game (for example, 16 rounds of big hit), when the number of balls detected by the ball sensor at the big prize opening exceeds a prescribed number (for example, 160) throughout the period, When any one of 1 to 3 is satisfied; an ON signal is output for 0.2 seconds, and then an OFF signal is output for 0.2 seconds. If the output periods overlap, the next output is waited until the output period of one signal output this time expires. In the case of 3, it is preferable that the prescribed number is varied according to the execution contents of the special game (Example 1: When the maximum number of rounds is 10, the prescribed number = 100. Example 2: The above-mentioned 3 is not applied when the big winning opening only performs short opening.

  Next, it is a security signal; that the RAM initialization operation has been performed in the gaming machine, and the illegal act that can be detected by the gaming machine {for example, illegal prize winning ... More than a predetermined number (5) of balls entered into the big prize opening (attacker) during periods other than the period during which it can be opened (when the special electric accessory is activated), or the ordinary electric accessory cannot be released During the period, a predetermined number (5) or more of balls entering the ordinary electric accessory were detected. Radio wave sensor error: A sensor that senses radio waves detects abnormal radio waves, or the sensor is not connected. Board switch error: The proximity of the object is detected by the proximity sensor provided on the game board. Magnet sensor error: The sensor that detects the approach of the magnet detects abnormal magnetism, or the signal that outputs that the sensor is not connected, etc.} is: 1. Arbitrary timing after the RAM initialization operation is performed, and 2. when detecting the fraud (illegal prize 1, radio wave sensor error); When any of 1 to 3 is satisfied at the time of detecting the fraud (board switch error, magnet sensor error); in the case 1, the ON signal is output for the first period (30 seconds). In the case of 2, the on signal is output over the second period (30 seconds), and in the case of 3, the on signal is output over the third period (during detection of each fraud). Signal. When the output periods overlap, all the output periods are overlapped, and the output of the ON signal is maintained until all the output periods expire. Further, the output period may be different between the case 1 and the case 2 above.

  Next, there are security-related signals; that a RAM initialization operation has been performed on the gaming machine, and an illegal act that can be detected by the gaming machine {for example, an abnormal winning error ... a big winning mouth (attacker) During periods other than the period during which the electric motor can be opened (when the special electric instrument is in operation), during which the normal electric instrument cannot be opened (predetermined immediately after closing) In other cases, it was detected that the ball was entering a normal electric accessory. Magnet sensor error: The sensor that detects the approach of the magnet detects abnormal magnetism, etc. Ejection error: Number of entrances detected by the switch for detecting entrance to each entrance that is the target for paying out a prize ball, and an entrance confirmation switch (each entrance Difference between the number of balls entered by one or a plurality of switches through which game balls that have entered the ball mouth pass and which are different from the switches for detecting the ball entering each ball mouth Are over a predetermined number (100), etc.}. 1. Arbitrary timing after the RAM initialization operation is performed, and 2. when detecting the fraud (abnormal winning error, magnet sensor error); When the fraud (discharge error) is detected; in the cases 1 and 2, an on signal is output for 0.2 seconds, and then an off signal is output for 0.2 seconds. In this case, the ON signal is output until the next 1 is satisfied. If the output period overlaps (other than 3), the next output is waited until the output period of one signal output this time expires. Further, even in the output period related to 1 and 2, the output of the ON signal is maintained when the output timing related to 3 is reached, and the output related to 1 and 2 is output during the output period related to 3 Even when the timing comes, the output of the ON signal is maintained.

  Next, a signal of a winning detection system; a signal for outputting the number of times of entering a ball for each starting port for all starting ports related to symbol variation that triggers opening of a large winning port (attacker); When one entry is detected with a switch for detecting entry into the 1 main game start opening, and the second main game start opening (one with an electric accessory mounted, When one entry is detected by the switch for detecting entry to 1), the ON signal is output for 0.1 second, and then for 0.1 second. This signal outputs an off signal. If the output periods overlap, the next output is waited until the output period of one signal output this time expires. In addition, when an illegal entry to the second main game start opening (the one in which the electric accessory is mounted) is detected, the output timing may not be satisfied by using the entry.

(Summary)
The following concepts can be extracted (listed) based on the configuration shown in the above embodiments. However, the concepts listed below are merely examples, and the concepts based on the further configurations shown in the above embodiments are added to these concepts as well as the combination and separation (higher level conceptualization) of these listed concepts. May be.

Pachinko machines related to this concept (1)
A start opening (for example, a first main game start opening 2210, a second main game start opening 2110) into which a game ball can enter;
A variable winning opening (for example, a large allocation winning opening 2220) that can take a closed state and an open state;
Vibration abnormality detecting means (for example, vibration sensor 500) capable of detecting the presence or absence of abnormality related to vibration applied to the gaming machine,
Random number acquisition means (for example, first main game random number acquisition determination execution means) for acquiring a random number based on a game ball entering a start port (eg, first main game start port 2210, second main game start port 2110) 1121, second main game random number acquisition determination execution means 1122),
On the basis of the random number, a determination unit for determining whether or not to execute the determination (for example, a determination unit 1135),
When the result of the success / failure determination by the success / failure determination execution means (for example, the success / failure lottery means 1135) is a winning, a predetermined number of balls entering a variable winning opening (for example, a large allocation winning opening 2220) or until a predetermined period elapses. Until a unit game end condition is satisfied, a game that can make a variable prize opening (for example, a distribution big prize opening 2220) advantageous to the player is regarded as a unit game, and a special game in which a unit game is executed a plurality of times can be executed. Special game execution means (for example, special game control means 1170);
Vibration abnormality occurrence monitoring means (for example, vibration sensor monitoring means 1065) capable of monitoring the presence or absence of occurrence of abnormality related to the vibration detected by the vibration abnormality detection means (for example, vibration sensor 500);
It is configured to be able to monitor the presence or absence of an abnormality related to the vibration in a predetermined period during execution of the special game,
During special game non-execution and for a specific period from power-on, it is configured to monitor the occurrence of abnormality related to the vibration,
The pachinko gaming machine is configured not to monitor the occurrence of an abnormality related to the vibration during a non-execution of the special game and during a period other than the specific period from when the power is turned on.
<Appendix>
The pachinko gaming machine according to the present concept (1) may have the following configuration, but can be implemented without adopting these configurations.
A specific area (for example, specific) provided in a variable prize opening (for example, a large allocation prize opening 2220) in which a game ball that has entered a variable prize opening (for example, a distribution large prize opening 2220) can enter. Region 2224);
A specific area entrance detection means (for example, a specific area entrance detection device 2224-1) for detecting a game ball entering a specific area (eg, the specific area 2224);
A low-probability lottery state in which the winning probability in the determination of success / failure is a predetermined probability and a high-probability lottery state in which the winning probability in the determination of success / failure is higher than the predetermined probability, and a low probability after the execution of the special game A means for setting either a lottery state or a high-probability lottery state, and during the execution of a special game, there is effective entry detection by a specific area entry detection means (for example, a specific area entry detection device 2224-2). A game state transition control means (for example, a specific game control means 1180) that can be in a high-probability lottery state after the execution of the special game,
It is variable based on the number of game balls that have entered the variable prize opening (for example, the allocation big prize opening 2220) and the number of game balls that have been discharged out of the variable prize opening (for example, the distribution big prize opening 2220). Variable prize opening abnormality occurrence detecting means (for example, a distribution big prize opening control means 1174) capable of detecting the occurrence of abnormality in the winning opening (for example, the distribution big prize opening 2220);
At the time of execution of a certain unit game, at least until the condition for ending the unit game is satisfied, entry detection by specific area entry detection means (for example, specific area entry detection device 2224-1) in the certain unit game Until a certain period of time elapses from the time when the variable prize opening (for example, the distribution big prize opening 2220) is closed when the unit game end condition is satisfied. The specific area entrance detecting means (for example, the specific area entrance detecting device 2224-1) in the certain unit game can be validated, and the specific area entrance detecting means (for example, Even after the end of the period in which the entry detection by the specific area entry detection device 2224-1) is valid, the variable prize opening in the certain unit game (for example, the large allocation prize opening 2220). Being configured capable of measuring the number of ball entrance to the number of game balls and a variable winning opening (e.g., distribution winning opening 2220) is discharged to the outside of the game balls in,
During the execution of the special game, the number of game balls that have entered the variable prize opening (for example, the distribution large prize opening 2220) and the number of game balls that have entered the variable prize opening (for example, the distribution large prize opening 2220) are discharged. It is configured to monitor whether or not an abnormality related to the vibration has occurred during a period in which the number of game balls can be measured.

Pachinko machines related to this concept (2)
A start opening (for example, a first main game start opening 2210, a second main game start opening 2110) into which a game ball can enter;
A variable winning opening (for example, a second large winning opening 2220) that can take a closed state and an open state;
A specific area (for example, V, for example) provided inside a variable prize opening (for example, the second big prize opening 2220) in which a game ball that has entered the variable prize opening (for example, the second big prize opening 2220) can enter. A winning entrance entrance detection device 2227a),
Random number acquisition means (for example, random number acquisition determination execution means 1120) for acquiring a random number based on a game ball entering a start port (for example, first main game start port 2210, second main game start port 2110);
When the predetermined condition based on the random number is satisfied, there is a predetermined number of balls entering the variable winning opening (for example, the second large winning opening 2220) or until the predetermined period elapses (for example, the second large winning opening) A special game execution means (for example, a special game execution means 1173) capable of executing a special game in which a unit game is executed once or a plurality of times.
A privilege granting control means (for example, a special game executing means 1173) capable of giving a privilege to a player when entering the specific area (for example, the V winning opening entrance detection device 2227a);
Vibration abnormality occurrence detecting means (for example, vibration sensor monitoring means 1065) capable of detecting the presence or absence of abnormality relating to vibration applied to the gaming machine,
When it is detected that an abnormality relating to the vibration has occurred and the ball has not entered the specific area, a first error state occurs, and it is detected that an abnormality relating to the vibration has occurred and the specific area ( For example, when entering a V winning opening entrance detection device 2227a), it is configured to be in a second error state,
The pachinko gaming machine is configured to continue the progress of the game in the first error state while interrupting the progress of the game in the second error state.

Pachinko machines related to this concept (3)
A start opening (for example, a first main game start opening 2210, a second main game start opening 2110) into which a game ball can enter;
A variable winning opening (for example, a second large winning opening 2220) that can take a closed state and an open state;
A specific area (for example, V, for example) provided inside a variable prize opening (for example, the second big prize opening 2220) in which a game ball that has entered the variable prize opening (for example, the second big prize opening 2220) can enter. A winning entrance entrance detection device 2227a),
Random number acquisition means (for example, random number acquisition determination execution means 1120) for acquiring a random number based on a game ball entering a start port (for example, first main game start port 2210, second main game start port 2110);
When the predetermined condition based on the random number is satisfied, there is a predetermined number of balls entering the variable winning opening (for example, the second large winning opening 2220) or until the predetermined period elapses (for example, the second large winning opening) A special game execution means (for example, a special game execution means 1173) capable of executing a special game in which a unit game is executed once or a plurality of times.
A privilege granting control means (for example, a special game executing means 1173) capable of giving a privilege to a player when entering the specific area (for example, the V winning opening entrance detection device 2227a);
Vibration abnormality occurrence detecting means (for example, vibration sensor monitoring means 1065) capable of detecting the presence or absence of abnormality relating to vibration applied to the gaming machine,
When it is detected that an abnormality relating to the vibration has occurred and the ball has not entered the specific area, a first error state occurs, and it is detected that an abnormality relating to the vibration has occurred and the specific area ( For example, when entering a V winning opening entrance detection device 2227a), it is configured to be in a second error state,
In the pachinko gaming machine, the first error state and the second error state are configured to have different error condition release conditions.
<Appendix>
The pachinko gaming machine according to the present concept (3) may have the following configuration, but can be implemented without adopting these configurations.
A start opening (for example, a first main game start opening 2210, a second main game start opening 2110) into which a game ball can enter;
A variable winning opening (for example, a second large winning opening 2220) that can take a closed state and an open state;
A specific area (for example, V, for example) provided inside a variable prize opening (for example, the second big prize opening 2220) in which a game ball that has entered the variable prize opening (for example, the second big prize opening 2220) can enter. A winning entrance entrance detection device 2227a),
Random number acquisition means (for example, random number acquisition determination execution means 1120) for acquiring a random number based on a game ball entering a start port (for example, first main game start port 2210, second main game start port 2110);
When the predetermined condition based on the random number is satisfied, there is a predetermined number of balls entering the variable winning opening (for example, the second large winning opening 2220) or until the predetermined period elapses (for example, the second large winning opening) A special game execution means (for example, a special game execution means 1173) capable of executing a special game in which a unit game is executed once or a plurality of times.
A privilege granting control means (for example, a special game executing means 1173) capable of giving a privilege to a player when entering the specific area (for example, the V winning opening entrance detection device 2227a);
Vibration abnormality occurrence detecting means (for example, vibration sensor monitoring means 1065) capable of detecting the presence or absence of abnormality relating to vibration applied to the gaming machine,
When the occurrence of an abnormality related to the vibration is detected during the execution of the special game and the ball has not entered the specific area, a first error state occurs, and the abnormality related to the vibration occurs during the execution of the special game. Is detected, and when entering the specific area (for example, V winning opening entrance detection device 2227a), a second error state is set,
If it is in the first error state, the first error state is automatically canceled when the specified time has elapsed after entering the first error state. The second error state is not automatically canceled even if a specific time has passed after entering the state, and the second error state is changed by performing a power-off operation to the gaming machine and a power-on operation to the gaming machine. It may be a pachinko gaming machine that is configured to be released.

Pachinko machines related to this concept (4)
A main game start opening (for example, a second main game start opening 2110) into which a game ball can enter;
An auxiliary game start port (for example, auxiliary game start port 2410) into which a game ball can enter,
A variable member that is attached to a main game start port (for example, the second main game start port 2110) and can be displaced between an open state and a closed state. Thus, a game ball can easily enter or enter the main game start port (for example, the second main game start port 2110), and when the ball is displaced in the closed state, the main ball is compared with the case where it is displaced in the open state. A variable member (for example, an electric accessory 2112) configured to make it difficult or impossible for a game ball to enter a game start port (for example, the second main game start port 2110);
A variable winning opening (for example, a large allocation winning opening 2220) that can take a closed state and an open state;
A specific area (for example, specific) provided in a variable prize opening (for example, a large allocation prize opening 2220) in which a game ball that has entered a variable prize opening (for example, a distribution large prize opening 2220) can enter. Region 2224);
A main game identification information display unit (for example, a second main game symbol display device 2230) capable of displaying the main game identification information;
An auxiliary game identification information display unit (for example, an auxiliary game symbol display device 2420) capable of displaying the auxiliary game identification information,
Main game random number acquisition means (for example, second main game random number acquisition determination execution) for acquiring a main game random number based on a game ball entering the main game start port (for example, the second main game start port 2110) Means 1122);
Based on the main game random number, the main game identification information display unit (for example, the auxiliary game symbol display device 2420) controls the main game identification information to be stopped and displayed after the main game identification information is variably displayed. Game identification information display control means (for example, second main game symbol control means 1152);
After the main game identification information is stopped and displayed in a predetermined manner, a variable prize opening (until a predetermined number of balls are entered into a variable prize opening (for example, a large allocation prize opening 2220) or until a predetermined period elapses ( For example, a special game execution means (for example, a special game execution) capable of executing a special game in which a unit game is executed once or a plurality of times is assumed as a game that can make the distribution big prize opening 2220) an advantageous state for the player Means 1173);
When the player enters the specific area (for example, the specific area 2224), a privilege granting control unit (for example, the specific game control unit 1180) that can grant a privilege to the player;
Auxiliary game random number acquisition means (for example, auxiliary game random number acquisition determination execution means 1123) for acquiring an auxiliary game random number based on a game ball entering the auxiliary game start port (for example, auxiliary game start port 2410); ,
Auxiliary control for controlling to stop and display the auxiliary game identification information after the auxiliary game identification information is variably displayed on the auxiliary game identification information display unit (for example, the auxiliary game symbol display device 2420) based on the auxiliary game random number. Game identification information display control means (for example, auxiliary game symbol control means 1153);
After the auxiliary game identification information is stopped and displayed in a specific manner, easy entry game execution means capable of executing easy entry game that displaces the variable member (for example, the electric accessory 2112) from the closed state to the open state ( For example, the specific game control means 1180)
Vibration abnormality occurrence detecting means (for example, vibration sensor monitoring means 1065) capable of detecting the presence or absence of abnormality relating to vibration applied to the gaming machine,
If it is detected that an abnormality related to the vibration has occurred during the execution of the special game, and the variable game identification information is displayed in a variable manner, the variable game identification information variable display period has expired. The pachinko gaming machine is configured to stop and display the identification information for auxiliary games before the game.

Pachinko machines related to this concept (5)
A start opening (for example, a first main game start opening 2210, a second main game start opening 2110) into which a game ball can enter;
A variable winning opening (for example, a second large winning opening 2220) that can take a closed state and an open state;
A specific area (for example, V, for example) provided inside a variable prize opening (for example, the second big prize opening 2220) in which a game ball that has entered the variable prize opening (for example, the second big prize opening 2220) can enter. A winning entrance ball detection device 2227a),
A main game unit (for example, main control board 1000) for controlling the progress of the game;
A game information output unit (for example, an effect display device 2140) for outputting game information recognizable by the player;
A sub game unit (for example, sub control board 2320) that controls the output of game information to a game information output unit (for example, effect display device 2140),
The main game unit (for example, the main control board 1000)
Random number acquisition means (for example, random number acquisition determination execution means 1120) for acquiring a random number based on a game ball entering a start port (for example, first main game start port 2210, second main game start port 2110);
When the predetermined condition based on the random number is satisfied, there is a predetermined number of balls entering the variable winning opening (for example, the second large winning opening 2220) or until the predetermined period elapses (for example, the second large winning opening) A special game execution means (for example, a special game execution means 1173) capable of executing a special game in which a unit game is executed once or a plurality of times.
A privilege granting control means (for example, a special game executing means 1173) capable of giving a privilege to a player when entering the specific area (for example, the V winning opening entrance detection device 2227a);
Vibration abnormality occurrence detection means (for example, vibration sensor monitoring means 1065) capable of detecting the presence or absence of abnormality relating to vibration applied to the gaming machine;
Operation state information output control means (for example, information transmission control means 1300) capable of outputting the operation state information related to the operation state of the gaming machine to the outside without going through the sub game part and the game information output part,
The secondary game unit (for example, the secondary control board 2320)
Based on information transmitted from the main game unit (for example, main control board 1000) side, game information output control means (for example, information transmission / reception control means 2400) for controlling game information contents to be output to the game information output unit.
With
When it is detected that an abnormality relating to the vibration has occurred and the specific area (for example, the V winning opening entrance detecting device 2227a) has not been entered, a first error state occurs, and the abnormality relating to the vibration has occurred. Is detected, and when entering the specific area (for example, V winning opening entrance detection device 2227a), a second error state is set,
In the case of the first error state, the main game unit (for example, the main control board 1000) does not output the predetermined operation state information to the outside, and the sub game unit (for example, the sub control board 2320) does not output the predetermined error information. While outputting to an information output part (for example, production display device 2140), when it is in the second error state, the main game part (for example, main control board 1000) is configured to output the predetermined operation state information to the outside. It is a pachinko game machine characterized by being.

Pachinko machines related to this concept (6)
A start opening (for example, a first main game start opening 2210, a second main game start opening 2110) into which a game ball can enter;
A variable winning opening (for example, a second large winning opening 2220) that can take a closed state and an open state;
A specific area (for example, V, for example) provided inside a variable prize opening (for example, the second big prize opening 2220) in which a game ball that has entered the variable prize opening (for example, the second big prize opening 2220) can enter. A winning entrance ball detection device 2227a),
A main game unit (for example, main control board 1000) for controlling the progress of the game;
A game information output unit (for example, an effect display device 2140) for outputting game information recognizable by the player;
A sub game unit (for example, sub control board 2320) that controls the output of game information to a game information output unit (for example, effect display device 2140),
The main game unit (for example, the main control board 1000)
Random number acquisition means (for example, random number acquisition determination execution means 1120) for acquiring a random number based on a game ball entering a start port (for example, first main game start port 2210, second main game start port 2110);
When the predetermined condition based on the random number is satisfied, there is a predetermined number of balls entering the variable winning opening (for example, the second large winning opening 2220) or until the predetermined period elapses (for example, the second large winning opening) A special game execution means (for example, a special game execution means 1173) capable of executing a special game in which a unit game is executed once or a plurality of times.
A privilege granting control means (for example, a special game executing means 1173) capable of giving a privilege to a player when entering the specific area (for example, the V winning opening entrance detection device 2227a);
Vibration abnormality occurrence detecting means (for example, vibration sensor monitoring means 1065) capable of detecting the presence or absence of abnormality relating to vibration applied to the gaming machine,
The secondary game unit (for example, the secondary control board 2320)
Based on information transmitted from the main game unit (for example, main control board 1000) side, game information output control means (for example, information transmission / reception control means 2400) for controlling game information contents to be output to the game information output unit.
With
The main game unit (for example, the main control board 1000) can detect the presence or absence of an abnormality related to the vibration at least during execution of the special game,
When the sub game unit (for example, the sub control board 2320) detects that an abnormality related to the vibration has occurred and satisfies a predetermined error occurrence condition, the sub game unit outputs a predetermined error information (for example, an effect display). The pachinko gaming machine is characterized by being configured to output to the device 2140).

Pachinko machines related to this concept (7)
A start opening (for example, a first main game start opening 2210, a second main game start opening 2110) into which a game ball can enter;
A variable winning opening (for example, a second large winning opening 2220) that can take a closed state and an open state;
A specific area (for example, V, for example) provided inside a variable prize opening (for example, the second big prize opening 2220) in which a game ball that has entered the variable prize opening (for example, the second big prize opening 2220) can enter. A winning entrance ball detection device 2227a),
A main game unit (for example, main control board 1000) for controlling the progress of the game;
A game information output unit (for example, an effect display device 2140) for outputting game information recognizable by the player;
A sub game unit (for example, sub control board 2320) that controls the output of game information to a game information output unit (for example, effect display device 2140),
The main game unit (for example, the main control board 1000)
Random number acquisition means (for example, random number acquisition determination execution means 1120) for acquiring a random number based on a game ball entering a start port (for example, first main game start port 2210, second main game start port 2110);
When the predetermined condition based on the random number is satisfied, there is a predetermined number of balls entering the variable winning opening (for example, the second large winning opening 2220) or until the predetermined period elapses (for example, the second large winning opening) A special game execution means (for example, a special game execution means 1173) capable of executing a special game in which a unit game is executed once or a plurality of times.
A privilege granting control means (for example, a special game executing means 1173) capable of giving a privilege to a player when entering the specific area (for example, the V winning opening entrance detection device 2227a);
Vibration abnormality occurrence detecting means (for example, vibration sensor monitoring means 1065) capable of detecting the presence or absence of abnormality relating to vibration applied to the gaming machine,
The secondary game unit (for example, the secondary control board 2320)
Based on information transmitted from the main game unit (for example, main control board 1000) side, game information output control means (for example, information transmission / reception control means 2400) for controlling game information contents to be output to the game information output unit.
With
When it is detected that an abnormality related to the vibration has occurred during the execution of the unit game, the first error state occurs, and when it has been detected that an abnormality has occurred related to the vibration other than during the execution of the unit game. Is configured for a second error condition,
In both cases of the first error state and the second error state, the secondary game unit (for example, the secondary control board 2320) is configured to output predetermined error information to the game information output unit. And
The pachinko gaming machine is configured such that the output contents to be output as the predetermined error information are different between the case of the first error state and the case of the second error state.

Pachinko machines related to this concept (8)
A start opening (for example, a first main game start opening 2210, a second main game start opening 2110) into which a game ball can enter;
A variable winning opening (for example, a second large winning opening 2220) that can take a closed state and an open state;
A specific area (for example, V, for example) provided inside a variable prize opening (for example, the second big prize opening 2220) in which a game ball that has entered the variable prize opening (for example, the second big prize opening 2220) can enter. A winning entrance entrance detection device 2227a),
Random number acquisition means (for example, random number acquisition determination execution means 1120) for acquiring a random number based on a game ball entering a start port (for example, first main game start port 2210, second main game start port 2110);
When the predetermined condition based on the random number is satisfied, there is a predetermined number of balls entering the variable winning opening (for example, the second large winning opening 2220) or until the predetermined period elapses (for example, the second large winning opening) A special game execution means (for example, a special game execution means 1173) capable of executing a special game in which a unit game is executed once or a plurality of times.
A privilege granting control means (for example, a special game executing means 1173) capable of giving a privilege to a player when entering the specific area (for example, the V winning opening entrance detection device 2227a);
Vibration abnormality occurrence detecting means (for example, vibration sensor monitoring means 1065) capable of detecting the presence or absence of abnormality relating to vibration applied to the gaming machine,
When it is detected that an abnormality relating to the vibration has occurred and the ball has not entered the specific area, a first error state occurs, and it is detected that an abnormality relating to the vibration has occurred and the specific area ( For example, when entering a V winning opening entrance detection device 2227a), it is configured to be in a second error state,
It is configured to continue the game if it is in the first error state, while interrupting the game if it is in the second error state,
If it is in the first error state, the first error state is automatically canceled when the specified time has elapsed after entering the first error state. The second error state is not automatically canceled even if a specific time has passed after entering the state, and the second error state is changed by performing a power-off operation to the gaming machine and a power-on operation to the gaming machine. A pachinko gaming machine characterized by being configured to be released.

Pachinko machines related to this concept (9)
A start opening (for example, a first main game start opening 2210, a second main game start opening 2110) into which a game ball can enter;
A variable winning opening (for example, a second large winning opening 2220) that can take a closed state and an open state;
A specific area (for example, V, for example) provided inside a variable prize opening (for example, the second big prize opening 2220) in which a game ball that has entered the variable prize opening (for example, the second big prize opening 2220) can enter. A winning entrance ball detection device 2227a),
A main game unit (for example, main control board 1000) for controlling the progress of the game;
A game information output unit (for example, an effect display device 2140) for outputting game information recognizable by the player;
A sub game unit (for example, sub control board 2320) that controls the output of game information to a game information output unit (for example, effect display device 2140),
The main game unit (for example, the main control board 1000)
Random number acquisition means (for example, random number acquisition determination execution means 1120) for acquiring a random number based on a game ball entering a start port (for example, first main game start port 2210, second main game start port 2110);
When the predetermined condition based on the random number is satisfied, there is a predetermined number of balls entering the variable winning opening (for example, the second large winning opening 2220) or until the predetermined period elapses (for example, the second large winning opening) A special game execution means (for example, a special game execution means 1173) capable of executing a special game in which a unit game is executed once or a plurality of times.
A privilege granting control means (for example, a special game executing means 1173) capable of giving a privilege to a player when entering the specific area (for example, the V winning opening entrance detection device 2227a);
Vibration abnormality occurrence detection means (for example, vibration sensor monitoring means 1065) capable of detecting the presence or absence of abnormality relating to vibration applied to the gaming machine;
Operation state information output control means (for example, information transmission control means 1300) capable of outputting the operation state information related to the operation state of the gaming machine to the outside without going through the sub game part and the game information output part,
The secondary game unit (for example, the secondary control board 2320)
Based on information transmitted from the main game unit (for example, main control board 1000) side, game information output control means (for example, information transmission / reception control means 2400) for controlling game information contents to be output to the game information output unit.
With
When it is detected that an abnormality relating to the vibration has occurred and the specific area (for example, the V winning opening entrance detecting device 2227a) has not been entered, a first error state occurs, and the abnormality relating to the vibration has occurred. Is detected, and when entering the specific area (for example, V winning opening entrance detection device 2227a), a second error state is set,
When in the first error state, the main gaming unit (eg, the main control board 1000) continues to advance the game, while in the second error state, the main gaming part (eg, the main control board 1000) Interrupt the progress of
In the case of the first error state, the main game unit (for example, the main control board 1000) does not output the predetermined operation state information to the outside, and the sub game unit (for example, the sub control board 2320) does not output the predetermined error information. While outputting to an information output part (for example, production display device 2140), when it is in the second error state, the main game part (for example, main control board 1000) is configured to output the predetermined operation state information to the outside. It is a pachinko game machine characterized by being.

Pachinko machines related to this concept (10)
A start opening (for example, a first main game start opening 2210, a second main game start opening 2110) into which a game ball can enter;
A variable winning opening (for example, a second large winning opening 2220) that can take a closed state and an open state;
A specific area (for example, V, for example) provided inside a variable prize opening (for example, the second big prize opening 2220) in which a game ball that has entered the variable prize opening (for example, the second big prize opening 2220) can enter. A winning entrance ball detection device 2227a),
A main game unit (for example, main control board 1000) for controlling the progress of the game;
A game information output unit (for example, an effect display device 2140) for outputting game information recognizable by the player;
A sub game unit (for example, sub control board 2320) that controls the output of game information to a game information output unit (for example, effect display device 2140),
The main game unit (for example, the main control board 1000)
Random number acquisition means (for example, random number acquisition determination execution means 1120) for acquiring a random number based on a game ball entering a start port (for example, first main game start port 2210, second main game start port 2110);
When the predetermined condition based on the random number is satisfied, there is a predetermined number of balls entering the variable winning opening (for example, the second large winning opening 2220) or until the predetermined period elapses (for example, the second large winning opening) A special game execution means (for example, a special game execution means 1173) capable of executing a special game in which a unit game is executed once or a plurality of times.
A privilege granting control means (for example, a special game executing means 1173) capable of giving a privilege to a player when entering the specific area (for example, the V winning opening entrance detection device 2227a);
Vibration abnormality occurrence detecting means (for example, vibration error monitoring means 1065) capable of detecting the presence or absence of abnormality relating to vibration applied to the gaming machine,
The secondary game unit (for example, the secondary control board 2320)
Based on information transmitted from the main game unit (for example, main control board 1000) side, game information output control means (for example, information transmission / reception control means 2400) for controlling game information contents to be output to the game information output unit.
With
The main game unit (for example, the main control board 1000) can detect the presence or absence of an abnormality related to the vibration at least during execution of the special game,
The main game unit (for example, the main control board 1000) is configured to interrupt the progress of the game when it is detected that an abnormality related to the vibration has occurred and a predetermined error occurrence condition is satisfied,
When the sub game unit (for example, the sub control board 2320) detects that the abnormality related to the vibration has occurred and satisfies the predetermined error generation condition, the sub game unit outputs the predetermined error information (for example, the production) The pachinko gaming machine is characterized by being configured to output to the display device 2140).

Pachinko machines related to this concept (11)
A start opening (for example, a first main game start opening 2210, a second main game start opening 2110) into which a game ball can enter;
A variable winning opening (for example, a second large winning opening 2220) that can take a closed state and an open state;
A specific area (for example, V, for example) provided inside a variable prize opening (for example, the second big prize opening 2220) in which a game ball that has entered the variable prize opening (for example, the second big prize opening 2220) can enter. A winning entrance ball detection device 2227a),
A main game unit (for example, main control board 1000) for controlling the progress of the game;
A game information output unit (for example, an effect display device 2140) for outputting game information recognizable by the player;
A sub game unit (for example, sub control board 2320) that controls the output of game information to a game information output unit (for example, effect display device 2140),
The main game unit (for example, the main control board 1000)
Random number acquisition means (for example, random number acquisition determination execution means 1120) for acquiring a random number based on a game ball entering a start port (for example, first main game start port 2210, second main game start port 2110);
When the predetermined condition based on the random number is satisfied, there is a predetermined number of balls entering the variable winning opening (for example, the second large winning opening 2220) or until the predetermined period elapses (for example, the second large winning opening) A special game execution means (for example, a special game execution means 1173) capable of executing a special game in which a unit game is executed once or a plurality of times.
A privilege granting control means (for example, a special game executing means 1173) capable of giving a privilege to a player when entering the specific area (for example, the V winning opening entrance detection device 2227a);
Vibration abnormality occurrence detecting means (for example, vibration sensor monitoring means 1065) capable of detecting the presence or absence of abnormality relating to vibration applied to the gaming machine,
The secondary game unit (for example, the secondary control board 2320)
Based on information transmitted from the main game unit (for example, main control board 1000) side, game information output control means (for example, information transmission / reception control means 2400) for controlling game information contents to be output to the game information output unit.
With
The main game unit (for example, the main control board 1000) can detect whether or not an abnormality related to the vibration has occurred at least during execution of the special game. When the occurrence condition is satisfied, the command related to the predetermined error information is configured to be transmitted to the secondary game unit (for example, the secondary control board 2320) side,
When the sub game unit (for example, sub control board 2320) receives a command related to the predetermined error information from the main game unit (for example, main control board 1000), the sub error unit outputs the predetermined error information to the game information output unit. A pachinko gaming machine that is configured to output to (for example, an effect display device 2140).

100 gaming board, 102 outer frame 104 front frame, 106 transparent plate 108 door, 110 upper ball tray 112 lower ball tray, 116 launching handle 114 speaker, 122 outer rail 124 inner rail, 120 game area 2210 first main game start port, 2110 Second main game start port 2410 Auxiliary game start port, 192 Center decoration 130 Game ball guide rail, 132 Distribution channel 134 Normal channel, 142 Out port 1000 Main controller, 1100 Game control unit 1110 Entrance determination unit, 1111 1st main game start entrance entrance judging means 1112 2nd main game start entrance entrance judging means 1113 Auxiliary game entrance entrance entrance judging means 1120 random number acquisition judgment execution means, 1121 1st main game random number acquisition judgment execution means 1122 Second main game random number acquisition determination execution means 1123 Auxiliary game random number acquisition determination execution means 1130 Toll control means, 1131 first main game symbol hold means 1131a first main game symbol hold information temporary storage means, 1132 second main game symbol hold means 1132a second main game symbol hold information temporary storage means, 1133 auxiliary game symbol hold means 1133a Auxiliary game symbol hold information temporary storage means, 1135 success / failure lottery means 1135a special game transition determination means, 1135b success / failure lottery table 1135b-1 first main game success / failure lottery table, 1135b-3 second main game success / failure lottery table 1140 Symbol content determination means, 1141 First main game content determination means 1141a First main game content determination lottery table, 1422 Second main game content determination means 1142a Second main game content determination lottery table, 1143 Auxiliary game content determination means 1143a Lottery table for determining auxiliary game contents, 1150 Display control means 1151 First main game symbol control means, 1151a First main game symbol fluctuation time management means 1151a-1 First main game symbol fluctuation management timer, 1152 Second main game symbol control means 1152a Second main game symbol fluctuation Time management means, 1152a-1 Second main game symbol variation management timer 1154 Main game symbol hold release control means, 1153 Auxiliary game symbol control means 1153a Auxiliary game symbol variation time management means, 1153a-1 Auxiliary game symbol variation management timer DESCRIPTION OF SYMBOLS 1160 Electric accessory opening / closing control means, 1161 Condition determination means 1162 Release timer, 1170 Special game control means 1171 Condition determination means, 1172 Special game content determination means 1172a Special game content reference table, 1172b Opening / closing mode determination table 1173 Special game execution means 1173a Round count 1173b End demonstration execution timer, 1174 Distribution large prize opening control means 1174a Distribution round timer, 1174b Distribution prize waiting timer 1174c Distribution round end timer, 1174d Discharge waiting timer 1174e Distribution prize counter, 1174f Discharge number counter 1174- DESCRIPTION OF SYMBOLS 1 Shield member drive control means, 1174-1a Specific area winning stand-by timer 1175 Normal big winning opening control means, 1175a Normal round timer 1175b Normal win waiting timer, 1175c Normal round end timer 1175d Normal win counter, 1180 Specific game control means 1180 Specific game control means, 1181 Specific game end condition determination means 1181b Time-count counter, 1190 Game state temporary storage means 1191 First main game state temporary storage means, 1191a First flag temporary storage Stage 1191b First main game symbol information temporary storage means, 1192 Second main game state temporary storage means 1192a Second flag temporary storage means, 1192b Second main game symbol information temporary storage means 1193 Auxiliary game state temporary storage means, 1193a Auxiliary game Related information temporary storage means 1193b Auxiliary game symbol information temporary storage means, 1194 Special game related information temporary storage means 1195 Specific game related information temporary storage means, 1197 Distribution game related information temporary storage means 1300 Information transmission control means, 1301 For command transmission Buffer 1400 Prize ball payout determining means 2210 First main game start port, 2211 First ball detection device 2130 First main game symbol display device, 2131 First main game symbol display unit 2132 First main game symbol hold display unit, 2110 2nd main game start entrance 2111 2nd main game start entrance Device, 2112 Electric character combination 2230 Second main game symbol display device, 2231 Second main game symbol display unit 2232 Second main game symbol hold display unit, 2120 Normal big prize opening 2121 Normal winning detection device, 2122 Normal electric game item 2220 Sorting prize winning port, 2221 Sorting prize detection device 2222 Sorting motor combination, 2224, specific area 2224a shielding member, 2224-1 specific area entrance detection apparatus 2224-2 discharge ball detection apparatus, 2410 auxiliary game entrance ball 2411 Entrance detection device, 2420 Auxiliary game symbol display device 2421 Auxiliary game symbol display unit, 2422 Auxiliary game symbol hold display unit 2320 Production display control means (sub-main control board), 2321 Display information reception unit 2321a Main side information temporary storage unit , 2322 Decorative design display control means 2322a Equipment display content determination means, 23 22a-1 Drawing change content determination lottery table 2322c Drawing display related information temporary storage means, 2322d Drawing change time management timer 2323 Drawing hold information display control means, 2323a Drawing hold information temporary storage means 2324 Temporary general information temporary Storage means 2400 Information transmission / reception control means 2310 Production display means (sub-sub control board)
2450 Sub information transmission / reception control means, 2313 Image display control means 2311 Decoration symbol display area, 2312a First hold display section 2312b Second hold display section 3000 Prize ball payout control device

Claims (1)

A starting opening where game balls can enter,
A variable winning opening that can be closed and open;
With a specific area provided inside the variable winning opening, where game balls that have entered the variable winning opening can enter,
Random number acquisition means for acquiring a random number based on the game ball entering the starting port,
When a predetermined condition based on the random number is satisfied, a game that can make the variable prize opening advantageous to the player until there is a predetermined number of balls in the variable prize opening or a predetermined period elapses is defined as a unit game. Special game execution means capable of executing a special game for executing a game once or a plurality of times;
When the player enters the specific area, a privilege granting control means that can grant a privilege to the player;
Vibration abnormality occurrence detecting means capable of detecting the presence or absence of abnormality relating to vibration applied to the gaming machine,
When it is detected that an abnormality relating to the vibration has occurred and the ball has not entered the specific area, a first error state is detected, the occurrence of the abnormality relating to the vibration is detected, and the specific area is detected. It is configured to be in the second error state when entering the ball,
It is configured to continue the game if it is in the first error state, while interrupting the game if it is in the second error state,
If it is in the first error state, the first error state is automatically canceled when the specified time has elapsed after entering the first error state. The second error state is not automatically canceled even if a specific time has passed after entering the state, and the second error state is changed by performing a power-off operation to the gaming machine and a power-on operation to the gaming machine. A pachinko machine that is configured to be released.

Images